Chapter 1 Partnership Formation 1. A partnership formed for the exercise of a profession which is duly registered is an example of: a. Universal partnership of profits b. Universal partnership of all present property c. Particular partnership d. Partnership by estoppel Answer: (c) 2. One of the following is not a characteristic of contract of partnership. a. Real, in that the partners must deliver their contributions in order for the partnership contract to be perfected b. Principal, because it can stand by itself c. Preparatory, because it is a means by which other contracts will be entered into d. Onerous, because the parties contribute money, property, or industry to the common fund Answer: (a) 3. One of the following is not a requisite of a contract of partnership. Which is it? a. There must be a valid contract b. There must be a mutual contribution of money, property, or industry to a common fund c. It is established for the common benefit of the partners which is to obtain profits and divide the same among themselves d. The articles are kept secret among members Answer: (d) 4. The minimum capital in money or property except when immovable property or real rights thereto are contributed, that will require the contract of partnership to be in a public instrument and be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). a. P5, 000.00 b. P10, 000.00 c. P3, 000.00 d. P30, 000.00 Answer: (c) 5. Roberts and Smith drafted a partnership agreement that lists the following assets contributed at the partnership’s formation: Contributed by Roberts Smith Cash P 20,000 P 30,000 Inventory 15,000 Building 40,000 Furniture & Equipment 15,000 The building is subject to a mortgage of P 10,000, which the partnership has assumed. The partnership agreement also specifies that profits and losses are to be distributed evenly. What amounts should be recorded as capital for Roberts and Smith at the formation of the partnership? Roberts Smith a. 35,000 85,000 b. 35,000 75,000 c. 55,000 55,000 d. 60,000 60,000 Suggested Answer: (b) 35,000 & 75,000 Roberts: 20,000 + 15,000 = P35, 000 Smith: 30,000 + 15,000 + 40,000 – 10,000 = P75,000. The partner’s capital credit is based upon the net assets contributed by the particular partner, thus the liabilities assumed reduced the fair market value of the building invested. 6. Using the information in No. 2, under the bonus method, what is the amount of bonus? a. 20,000 bonus to Grey b. 20,000 bonus to Redd c. 40,000 bonus to Grey d. 40,000 bonus to Redd Suggested Answer: (b) 20,000 bonus to Redd Grey Redd Total Contributed Capital 60,000 20,000 80,000 Agreed Capital 40,000 40,000 80,000 Increase (Decrease) (20,000) 20,000 The partnership agreement provides for equal initial capital. Thus under the bonus method, the capital credit for Redd should be the same as the contribution for Grey, resulting to P20,000 bonus from Grey to Redd. 7. On May 1, 2010, the business assets of John and Paul appear below: Cash Accounts Receivable Inventories Land Building Furniture & Fixture Other Assets Total P Accounts Payable Notes Payable John, Capital P John 11,000 234,536 120,035 603,000 50,345 2,000 P 1, 020, 916 178,940 200,000 641, 976 Paul P 22,354 567,890 260,102 428,267 34,789 3,600 P 1, 317, 002 P 243,650 345,000 Paul, Capital\ Total P 1, 020, 916 728,352 P1, 317, 002 John and Paul agreed to form a partnership contributing their respective assets and equities subject to the following adjustments: a. Accounts receivable of P20, 000 in John’s books and P35, 000 in Paul’s are uncollectible. b. Inventories of P5, 500 n P6, 700 are worthless in John’s and Pail’s respective books. c. Other assets of P2, 000 and P3, 600 in John’s and Paul’s respective books are to be written off. The capital accounts of John and Paul, respectively, after the adjustments will be: a. 614, 476 683, 052 c. 640, 876 712, 345 b. 615, 942 717, 894 d. 613,576 683, 350 Suggested Answer: (a) 614, 476 683, 052 John: 641, 976 – 20, 000 – 5, 500 – 2, 000 = P 614, 476 Smith: 728, 352 – 35, 000 – 6, 700 – 3, 600 = P 683, 052 8. Based on No. 4, how much assets does the partnership have? a. 2, 317, 918 b. 2, 237, 918 c. 2, 265, 118 d. 2, 365, 218 Suggested Answer: (c) 2, 265, 118 John: 1, 020, 916 – 20, 000 – 5, 500 – 2, 000 = P 993, 416 Smith: 1, 317, 002 – 35, 000 – 6, 700 – 3, 600 = P 1, 271, 702 Total: 2, 337, 918 – 55, 000 – 12, 200 – 5, 600 = P 2, 265, 118 Chapter 2 Partnership Operations 1. The Flat and Iron partnership agreement provides for Flat to receive a 20% bonus on profits before bonus. Remaining profits and losses are divided between Flat and Iron in the ratio of 2:3. Which partner has a greater advantage when the partnership has a profit or when it has a loss? PROFIT LOSS a. Flat Iron b. Flat Flat c. Iron Flat d. Iron Iron Answer: B Profit - bonus 20%+ Balance (2/5 x 80%)= 52% Loss - Bonus 0 + P/L (2/5 x 100%) 40%= 40% 2. Downs, Frey and Vick formed the DFV general partnership to act as manufacturer’s representatives. The partners agreed Downs would receive 40% of any partnership profits and Frey and Vick would each receive 30% of such profit. It was also agreed that the partnership would not terminate for 5 years. After the fourth year, the partners agreed to terminate the partnership. At that time, the partners capital accounts were as follows: Downs, 20 000; Frey, 15000 and Vick 10,000. There were undistributed losses of 30 000. Vicks share of losses will be a. 0 b. 1000 c. 9000 d. 10 000 Answer: C 30 000 x 30%= 9 000 3. Red and White formed a partnership in 2010. The partnership agreement provides for annual salary allowances of 55 000 for Red and 45 000 for White. The partners share profits equally and losses in a 60/40 ratio. The partnership had earnings of 80 000 for 2006 before any allowance to partners. What amount of these earnings should be credited to each partners’ capital account? RED WHITE a. 40 000 40 000 b. 43 000 37 000 c. 44 000 36 000 d. 45 000 35 000 Answer: B Red - 55 000 -12 000= 43 000 White – 45 000- 8000 = 37 000 4. Fox, Greg and Howe are partners with average capital balances during 2010 of 120 000, 60 000 and 40 000, respectively. Partners receive 10% interest on their average capital balances. After deducting salaries of 30 000 to Fox, and 20 000 to Howe, the residual P/L is divided equally. In 2010, the partnership sustained a 33 000 loss before interest and salaries to partners. By what amount should Fox’s capital change? a. 7 000 increase b. 11 000 increase c. 35 000 decrease d. 42 000 increase Answer: A Fox- 12 000 + 30 000 – 35 000 = 7 000 5. If a partnership has net income of 44 000 and partner X is to be allocated bonus of 10% of income after the bonus. What is the amount of bonus? a. 3 000 b. 3 300 c. 4 000 d. 4 400 Answer: C 44 000 – 40 000(44 000/110%) = 4 000 6. The partnership agreement of Donn, Eddy and Farr provides for annual distribution of P/L in the ff. sequence: Donn, the managing partner, receives a bonus of 10% profit Each partner receives 6% interest on average capital investment Residual P/L is divided equally Average capital investments were: Donn, 80 000; Eddy, 50 000; Farr, 30 000 What portion of 100 000 profit for 2010 should be allocated to Farr? a. 28 600 b. 29 800 c. 35 133 d. 41 600 Answer: A 1 800 ( 6% on ave. cap.) + 26 800 ( balance/equally) = 28 600 7. Partners AA and BB have P/L agreement with the ff. provisions: salaries of 30 000 for AA and 45 000 for BB. Bonus to AA of 10% net income after salaries and bonus, interest of 10% on average capital balances of 20 000 and 35 000, respectively. One third of any remaining profits will be allocated to AA and the Balance to BB. If the net income is 102 500, how much should be allocated to AA? a. 44 250 b. 47 500 c. 41 000 d. 41 167 Answer: C 30 000 + 2 500 + 2 000 + 6 500 = 41 000 8. Refer to question 7, if the partnership had net income of 22 000, how much should be allocated to AA, assuming that the provisions of the P/L agreement are ranked by order of priority starting with salaries? a. 13 200 b. 12 500 c. 12 000 d. 8 800 Answer: D 22 000 x 30/75 9. On October 31, 2010, Zita and Jones formed a partnership by investing cash of 300 000 and 200 000, respectively. The partners agreed to receive an annual salary allowance of 360 000 and to give Zita a bonus of 20% of the net income after partners’ salaries, the bonus being treated as an expense. If the profits after salaries and bonus are to be divided equally, and the profit after salaries but before bonus of Zita is 360 000, how much is the share of Zita in the profit? a. 100 000 b. 120 000 c. 210 000 d. 270 000 Answer: D Salaries + bonus + balance 60 000 + 60 000 + 150 000 = 270 000 Chapter 3 Partnership Dissolution: Changes in Ownership 9. The change in relation of the partners caused by any ceasing to be associated in the carrying of the business is known as: a. Termination of the partnership b. Winding up of the partnership affairs c. Liquidation of the partnership business d. Dissolution of the partnership Answer: (d) 10. Three of the following will cause the automatic dissolution of a general partnership. Which one will not? a. When any event makes it unlawful for the business of the partnership to be carried on or for the members to carry it on in partnership b. Expulsion of any partner from the business bona fide in accordance with such a power conferred by the agreement between the partners c. A partner becomes in any way incapable of performing his part of the partnership contract d. The insolvency of a partner or of the partnership Answer: (c) 11. Which of the following will not cause automatic dissolution of a limited partnership? a. Death of a general partner b. Death of a limited partner c. Insolvency of a general partner d. Insanity of a general partner Answer: (b) 12. Blue and Rubi are partners who share profits and losses in the ratio 6:4, respectively. On May 1, 2010, their respective capital accounts were as follows: Blue P60, 000 Rubi 50, 000 On that date, Lind was admitted as a partner with one-third interest in capital, and profits for an investment o P40, 000. The new partnership began with a total capital of P150, 000. Immediately after Lind’s admission, Blue’s capital should be: a. 50, 000 b. 54, 000 c. 56, 667 d. 60, 000 Suggested Answer: (b) 54, 000 Old Partners New Partner Total Contributed Capital P 110, 000 40, 000 P 150, 000 Agreed Capital P 100, 000 (1/3) 50, 000 P 150, 000 Blue’s capital before admission of Lind Less: share in bonus to Lind (10, 000 x 60%) Blue’s capital after Lind’s admission Increase (Decrease) P (10, 000) 10, 000 P 60, 000 6, 000 P 54, 000 13. Fernando and Jose are partners with capital balances of P30, 000 and P70, 000, respectively. Fernando has a 30% interest in profits and losses. All assets of the partnership are at fair market value except equipment with book value of P300, 000 and fair market value of P320, 000. At this time, the partnership has decided to admit Rosa and Linda as new partners. Rosa contributes cash of 55, 000 for 20% interest in capital and 30% interest in profits and losses. Linda contributes cash of P10, 000 and equipment with a fair value of P50, 000 for a 25% interest in capital and 35% interest in profits and losses. Linda is also bringing special expertise and client contacts into the new partnership. Using the bonus method, what is the amount of bonus? a. 24, 750 b. 18, 250 c. 14, 000 d. 7, 500 Suggested Answer: (b) 18, 250 Old Partners New Partners Total Contributed Capital P 100, 000 115, 000 P 215, 000 Agreed Capital P 118, 250 (45%) 96, 750 P 215, 000 Increase (Decrease) P 18, 250 (18, 250) 14. Based on the information provided in No. 4, using the goodwill method, what is the amount of goodwill traceable to the original partners? a. 60, 000 b. 40, 000 c. 31, 250 d. 28, 750 Suggested Answer: (c) 31, 250 Contributed Capital Old Partners P 100, 000 New Partners 115, 000 Total P 215, 000 Agreed Capital P 151, 250 (45%) 123, 750 P 275, 000 Increase (Decrease) P 51, 250 8, 750 P 60, 000 Total increase in capital Less: undervalued equipment (320, 000- 300, 000) Balance Goodwill to Linda Goodwill to Original Partners the P60, 000 20, 000 P 40, 000 8, 750 P 31, 250 When there is a difference between the book value and fair market value of the partnership when new partners are admitted, the goodwill method revalues assets to market value. To determine new capital of the partnership, contributed capital of the new partner may be divided by his capital interest. In this case, where Linda will be provided with goodwill for bringing her expertise and clients contact to the partnership, the capital of Rosa is used instead because it serves as concrete basis with no goodwill involved, in determining the new capital of the partnership. Thus, the new capital of the partnership is P275, 000 (55, 000/ 20%). Chapter 4 Partnership Lump Sum Liquidation 1. In the liquidation of a partnership it is necessary to 1) distribute cash to the partners, 2) sell noncash assets, 3) allocate any gain or loss on realization to the partners, 4) pay liabilities. These steps should be performed in the following order: a. 2 3 4 1 b. 2 3 1 4 c. 3 2 1 4 d. 3 2 4 1 Answer: A 2. Peter and John who share P/L equally, decide to liquidate their partnership when their net assets amounted to 260 000, and capital balances of 170 000 and 90 000, respectively. If non cash assets were sold for amount equal to its book value, what amount of cash should Peter and John received? PETER JOHN a. 130 000 130 000 b. 170 000 90 000 c. 180 000 80 000 d. 195 000 65 000 Answer: B No gain or loss was realized 3. The following condensed balance sheet is prepared for the partnership of Smith and Jones, who share P/L in the ratio of 60:40, Other assets Smith, loan 450 000 20 000 470 000 Accounts Payable Smith, Capital Jones, Capital 120 000 195 000 155 000 470 000 The partners decide to liquidate the partnership. If the other assets are sold for 385 000, what amount of the available cash should be distributed to Smith? a. b. c. d. 136 000 156 000 159 000 195 000 Answer: A Capital balance- loan – loss on realization (60:40) 195 000 – 20 000 – 39 000 = 136 000 4. On December 31, 2010, the partners of MNP partnership decided to liquidate their business. Immediately before liquidation, the ff. condensed balance sheet was prepared: Cash Non cash assets 50 000 900 000 Total 950 000 Liabilities Nieva,loan Perez, loan Munoz, capital(50%) Nieva, Capital(30%) Perez, capital(20%) 375 000 80 000 25 000 312 500 107 500 50 000 950 000 The non cash assets were sold for 400 000. Assuming Perez is the only solvent partner, what amount of additional cash will be invested by Perez? a. 37 143 b. 25 000 c. 5 000 d. 0 Answer: B Capital balance + loan – loss on realization 50 000 + 25 000 – 100 000 =( 25 000 ) 5. As of December 31, the books of AME partnership showed capital balances of 40 000, 25 000 and 5 000, respectively. The P/L ratio is 3:2:1. The partners decided to liquidate. They sold all non cash assets for 37 000 cash. After settlement of all liabilities amounting to 12000, they still have 28 000 cash left for distribution. The loss on realization of non cash assets was a. 40 000 b. 42 000 c. 44 000 d. 45 000 Answer: B Total capital before distribution – Cash left for distribution 70 000 – 28 000 = 42 000 6. Refer to no. 5. Assuming that any partner’s capital deficit balance is uncollectible, the share of A in the 28 000 cash would be a. 19 000 b. 18 000 c. 17 800 d. 40 000 Answer: C Capital balance before liquidation – loss on realization – absorption of E 40 000 – 21 000 – 1 200 = 17 800 7. The following balance sheet is presented for the partnership ABC who share profits and losses in the ratio of 5:3:2 Cash Other assets Total 120 000 1080 000 Liabilities A, capital B, capital C, capital 1 200 000 280 000 560 000 320 000 40 000 1 200 000 Assume that the three partners decided to liquidate. The other assets are sold for 800 000, how much will A receive? a. 280 000 b. 324 000 c. 410 000 d. 412 000 Answer: C Capital balance before liquidation – loss on realization – absorption of C 560 000 – 140 000 – 10 000 = 410 000 8. Refer to no. 8. How much B will receive? a. 320 000 b. 236 000 c. 230 000 d. 228 000 Answer: C Capital balance before liquidation – loss on realization – absorption of C 320 000 – 84 000 – 6 000 = 230 000 9. How much C will receive? a. b. c. d. 40 000 0 16 000 10 000 Answer: B Capital balance before liquidation – loss on realization 40 000- 56 000= - 16 000 ( absorbed by other partners) = 0 Chapter 5 Partnership Installment Liquidation 1. Refers to the process of settling the business or affairs of the partnership after dissolution is known as a. Partnership formation b. Termination c. Partnership Liquidation d. Incorporation Answer: (c) 2. In accounting for the liquidation of a partnership, cash payments to partners after all non-partner creditors’ claims have been satisfied, but before the final cash distribution, should be according to a. The partner’s relative profit and loss sharing ratios b. The final balances in partner’s capital accounts c. The partner’s relative share of the gains and loss on liquidations d. Safe payments computations Answer: (d) 3. In partnership liquidation, the final cash distribution to the partner’s should be made in accordance with the a. Partner’s profit and loss sharing ratio b. Balances of the partners’ loan and capital accounts c. Ratio of the capital contributions by the partners d. Ratio of capital contributions less withdrawals by the partners Answer: (b) 4. After incurring losses resulting from very unprofitable operations, the Goh Kong Wei Partnership decided to liquidate when the partner’s capital balances were: Goh, Capital P80, 000 Kong, Capital 130, 000 We, Capital 96, 000 The non-cash assets were sold in installment. Available cash were distributed to partners in every sale of non-cash assets. After the second sale of non-cash assets, the partners received the same amount of cash in the distribution. And from the third sale of non-cash assets, cash available for distribution amounts to P28, 000, and unsold non-cash assets has a book value of P12,500. Using cash priority program, what amount did Wei received in the third installment of cash? a. 11, 600 b. 8, 000 c. 5, 600 d. 2, 000 Suggested Answer: (c) 5, 600 P28, 000 x 20% = P5, 600 5. Partners Almond, Barney and Colors have capital balances of P20, 000, P50, 000 and P90, 000, respectively. They split profits in the ratio 2:4:4, respectively. Under a safe cash distribution plan, one of the partners will get the following total amounts in liquidation before any other partners get anything: a. 0 b. 15, 000 c. 40, 000 d. 180, 000 Suggested Answer: (c) 40, 000 Total Interest Divide by P & L Loss Absorption Balance Priority 1 – Colors Balances Priority 2 – Colors & Barney Balances (P & L) Almond 20, 000 20% 100, 000 Barney 50, 000 40% 125, 000 100, 000 125, 000 (25, 000) 100, 000 100, 000 Colors 90, 000 40% 225, 000 (100, 00) 125, 000 (25, 000) 100, 000 Since the question being asked is “one of the partners will get…before any other partners get anything”, it is the partner under priority no. 1 (Colors). He shall receive, under priority no. 1, P40, 000 (100, 000 x 40%). 6. The ABC Partnership has assets with book value of P240, 000 and a market value of P195, 000, outside liabilities of P70, 000, loans payable to partner Able of P20, 000 and capital balances for partners Able, Baker, and Chapman of P70, 000, P30, 000, and P50, 000, respectively. The partners share profits and losses equally. How would the first P100, 000 of available assets be distributed? a. P70, 000 to outside liabilities, P20, 000 to Able, and the balance equally among partners b. P70, 000 to outside liabilities, and P30, 000 to Able c. P70, 000 to outside liabilities, P25, 000 to Able, and P5, 000 to Chapman d. P40, 000 to Able, P20, 000 to Chapman, and the balance equally among partners Suggested Answer: (b) P70, 000 to outside liabilities, and P30, 000 to Able Able Baker Chapman Total Interest 90, 000 30, 000 50, 000 Divide by P & L 1/3 1/3 1/3 Loss Absorption Balance 270, 000 90, 000 150, 000 Priority 1 – Able (120, 000) Balances 150, 000 90, 000 150, 000 Priority 2 – Able & Chapman (60, 000) (60, 000) Balances (P & L) 90, 000 90, 000 90, 000 Payments by Priority: Able Baker Chapman Priority 1 (120, 000 x 1/3) Priority 2 (60, 000 x 1/3) Total Liability Balance Loan – A Balance Priority 1 Total Cash 100, 000 (70, 000) 30, 000 (20, 000) 10, 000 10, 000 40, 000 20, 000 Liability 20, 000 Able Baker Chapman 70, 000 20, 000 70, 000 10, 000 30, 000 7. Given the information in No. 3, if all outside creditors and loans to partners had been paid, how would the balance of the assets be distributed assuming Chapman had already received assets with a value of P30, 000? a. Each of the partners would receive P25, 000 b. Each of the partners would receive P40, 000 c. Able: P70, 000, Baker: P30, 000, Chapman: P20, 000 d. Able: P55, 000, Baker: P15, 000, Chapman: P5, 000 Suggested Answer: (d) Able: P55, 000, Baker: P15, 000, Chapman: P5, 000 Able Total Interest (excluding loan) 70, 000 Divide by P & L 1/3 Loss Absorption Balance 210, 000 Priority 1 – Able (60, 000) Balances 150, 000 Priority 2 – Able & Chapman (60, 000) Balances (P & L) 90, 000 Baker 30, 000 1/3 90, 000 Chapman 50, 000 1/3 150, 000 90, 000 90, 000 150, 000 (60, 000) 90, 000 Payments by Priority: Priority 1 (60, 000 x 1/3) Priority 2 (60, 000 x 1/3) Able 20, 000 20, 000 Baker Chapman Able Baker MV of assets Liabilities Able, Loan Balance Priority 1 Balance Priority 2 Cash 195, 000 (70, 000) (20, 000) 105, 000 (20, 000) 85, 000 (40, 000) 20, 000 Chapman 20, 000 20, 000 20, 000 Balance 45, 000 Priority 3 (45, 000) 15, 000 Total 55, 000 Less: Asset taken by Chapman Balance 55, 000 15, 000 30, 000 15, 000 15, 000 35, 000 30, 000 5, 000 8. The balance sheet of the partnership of Salve, Galo and Norma, who share in the profits and losses in the ratio 5:3:2, respectively is as follows: Assets Liabilities & Capital Cash 30, 000 Liabilities 50, 000 Other Assets 320, 000 Salve, capital 80, 000 Galo, Capital 115, 000 Norma Capital 105, 000 Total 350, 000 Total 350, 000 The partnership is liquidated by installment. The first sale of non-cash assets with a book value of P150, 000 realizes P100, 000. How should the remaining be distributed? Salve Galo Norma a. 50, 000 30, 000 20, 000 b. 40, 000 24, 000 16, 000 c. 0 31, 000 49, 000 d. 0 48, 000 32, 000 Suggested Answer: (c) 0 31, 000 Capital Balances before liquidation Loss on Realization (50,000) (5:3:2) Balances Less: Possible Loss (170, 000) (5:3:2) Balances Absorption of Salve (3:2) Safe Payment to Partners 49, 000 Salve 80, 000 (25, 000) 55, 000 (85, 000) (30, 000) 30, 000 Galo 115, 000 (15, 000) 100, 000 (51, 000) 49, 000 (18, 000) 31, 000 Norma 105, 000 (10, 000) 95, 000 (34, 000) 61, 000 (12, 000) 49, 000 Chapter 6 Corporate Liquidation 1. If a dividend of 80% is allocable to class 7 unsecured creditors based on accounting statement of affairs, it correctly may be concluded that a. All unsecured claims will receive the same percentage of return. b. All unsecured claims will be paid in full. c. Class 1 through 6 unsecured claims will be paid in full. d. Stockholders will receive 20% of their equity. Answer: C 2. In the liquidation proceeding, if the proceeds on the realization of an asset exceed the lien against that asset, the excess is assigned to a. The holder of the lien. b. Other lien holders whose assets will not realize a sufficient amount to cover their liens. c. Meet the claims of the unsecured creditors. d. The stockholders of the corporation. Answer: C 3. If the value of pledged property is equal or more than the obligation, what is the treatment? a. Partially secured b. Fully secured c. Collateralized d. Unsecured Answer: B 4. If the firm has more liabilities than assets, it is deemed a. Liquidating b. Bankrupt c. Insolvent d. Normal Answer: C 5. He/she is appointed to take over the debtor’s properties in behalf of the creditor group a. Broker b. Judge c. Trustee d. Dealer Answer: C 6. In May 2009, it was determined that it is necessary to complete the work in process of Wild West Corp. to complete the work in process , 10 000 book value of raw materials and supplies and 10 000 conversion costs will be required. When completed, these goods will probably sell for approx..50 000. The raw materials, which have a book value of 40 000, have an estimated total realizable value of 20 000. What is the estimated amount that will become available for unsecured creditors as a result of the realization of the work in process? a. 50 000 b. 35 000 c. 30 000 d. 0 Answer: B Estimated value upon completion Less cost to complete: Raw materials[10 000x(20000/40000) 5000 Conversion cost 10 000 50 000 15 000 35 000 7. The accountant of Drifting Corp. prepared a statement of affairs. Assets which there are no claims or liens are expected to produce 700 000. Unsecured claims of all classes totaled to 1 050 000. The ff.data claims deemed outstanding: Accrued salaries 15 000 Unrecorded note for 10 000 on which 600 of interest has accrued held by Normandy Co A note for 30 000 secured by 40 000 receivable estimated to be 60% collectible held by Jones Co. A 15 000 note on which 300 interest has accrued held by James Pty. Property with a BV of 10 000 and MV of 18 000 is pledge to guarantee payment of principal and interest. Unpaid income taxes of 35 000 What is the total free assets? a. 1 050 000 b. 700 000 c. 650 000 d. 1 000 000 Answer: B Free Assets are assets with no claims or liens 8. What is the amount realized by partially secured creditors? a. 10 600 b. 19 500 c. 24 900 d. 27 900 Answer: D (Free assets- unsecured with priority) ÷ unsecured claims without priority= percent of recovery (700 000 – 50 000 ) /1000 0000= 65 % Realizable amount of AR( 60% x 40 000) Add unsecured portion (30 000-24000)x 65% 24 000 3 900 27 900 ANOTA, Juanillo II DIGNADICE, Allana PRTC Multiple Choice Questions (Adv. Acctg.1) CHAPTER 1: Partnership Formation 2. Which of the following is NOT a feature of a general partnership? a. mutual agency b. limited life c. limited liability d. none of these 3. A partner's tax basis in a partnership is comprised of which of the following items? I. The partner's tax basis of assets contributed to the partnership. II. The amount of the partner's liabilities assumed by the other partners. III. The partner's share of other partners' liabilities assumed by the partnership. a. I plus II minus III b. I plus II plus III c. I minus II plus III d. I minus II minus III 4. Which of the following accounts could be found in the general ledger of a partnership? a. Option A b. Option B c. Option C d. Option D 5. Which of the following accounts could be found in the PQ partnership's general ledger? I. Due from P II. P, Drawing III. Loan Payable to Q a. I, II b. I, III c. II, III d. I, II, and III 6. Anton and Bauzon formed a partnership and agreed to divide initial capital equally, even though Anton contributed P100,000 and Bauzon contributed P84,000 in identifiable assets. Under the bonus method, to adjust capital accounts, Bauzon's intangible assets should be debited for: a. 0 b. 16,000 c. 8,000 d. 46,000 7. Roy, Sam and Tim decided to engage in a real estate venture as a partnership. Roy invested P140,000 cash and Sam provided an office and furnishings valued at P220,000. (There is a 60,000 note payable remaining on the furnishings to be assumed by the partnership). Although Tim has no tangible assets to invest, both Roy and Sam believe that Tim's expert salesmanship provides an adequate investment. The partners agree to receive an equal capital interest in the partnership. Using the bonus method, what is the capital balance of Tim? a. 0 b. 50,000 c. 100,000 d. 140,000 8. Lara and Mitra formed a partnership on July 1, 2011 and invested the following assets: P130,00 cash by Lara, and P200,000 cash and P50000 computer equipment by Mitra. The computer equipment has a note payable amounting to P10,000, which was assumed by the partnership. The partnership agreement provides that Lara and Mitra will have an equal capital credit. Using the goodwill method, the amount of goodwill to be recorded upon formation of partnership is: a. 100,000 b. 110,000 c. 120,000 d. 140,000 9. Ana and Elsa form a new partnership. Ana invests P300,000 in cash for her 60% interest in the capital and profits of the business. Elsa contributes land that has an original cost of P40,000 and a fair market value of P70,000, and a building that has a tax basis of P50,000 and a fair market value of P90,000. The building is subject to a P40,000 mortgage that the partnership will assume. What amount of cash should Elsa contribute? a. 40,000 b. 80,000 c. 110,000 d. 150,000 10. Jones and Smith formed a partnership with each partner contributing the following items: Assume that for tax purposes Jones and Smith agree to share equally in the liabilities assumed by the Jones and Smith partnership. What is each partner's tax basis in the Jones and Smith partnership? a. Option A b. Option B c. Option C d. Option D ANSWERS & SOLUTIONS (Chapter 1) 1. a 2. c 3. c 4. d 5. d 6. a Zero, because under the bonus method, a transfer of capital is only required. 7. c Roy Cash Sam Tim – – P220,000 – P140,000 Office Equipment – Note payable ________ _( 60,000) ______ Net asset invested P140,000 P160,000 P – Agreed capitals, equally (P300,000/3) = P100,000 8. b Lara Cash Computer equipment Mitra P130,000 P200,000 – 50,000 Note payable ________ _( 10,000) Net asset invested P130,000 P240,000 Goodwill (P240,000 - P130,000) = P110,000 9. b Total Capital (P300,000/60%) Elsa's interest Elsa's capital Less: Non-cash asset contributed at market value Land Building Mortgage Payable Cash contribution P500,000 ______40% P200,000 P 70,000 90,000 ( 40,000) 10. a Jones: (80000+300000) - 120000 + (180000/2) = 350000 Smith: (40000+200000) - 60000 + (180000/2) = 270000 _120,000 P 80,000 CHAPTER 2: Partnership Operations 1. If the partnership agreement provides a formula for the computation of a bonus to the partners, the bonus would be computed: a. next to last, because the final allocation is the distribution of the profit residual. b. before income tax allocations are made. c. after the salary and interest allocations are made. d. in any manner agreed to by the partners. 2. Bob and Fred form a partnership and agree to share profits in a 2 to 1 ratio. During the first year of operation, the partnership incurs a $20,000 loss. The partners should share the losses a. based on their average capital balances. b. in a 2 to 1 ratio. c. equally. d. based on their ending capital balances 3. Drawings a. are advances to a partnership. b. are loans to a partnership. c. are a function of interest on partnership average capital. d. are the same nature as withdrawals. 4. If partnership agreement provides for the division of profits only, losses should be divided: a. equally b. using the same approach as division of profits c. according to ratio of beginning capital d. according to ratio of average capital 5. Allocation of an error should be based on profit and loss ratio in effect when: a. the error occurred. b. the error was discovered. c. the error was corrected. d. allocation should always be made equally. (Use the following information for questions 6, 7 and 8.) Albion and Blaze share profits and losses equally. Albion and Blaze receive salary allowances of P20,000 and P30,000, respectively, and both partners receive 10% interest on their average capital balances. Average capital balances are calculated at the beginning of each month balance regardless of when additional capital contributions or permanent withdrawals are made subsequently within the month. Partners’ drawings are not used in determining the average capital balances. Total net income for 2006 is P120,000. January 1 capital balances Yearly drawings ($1,500 a month) Permanent withdrawals of capital: June 3 May 2 Additional investments of capital: July 3 October 2 P Albion 100,000 18,000 ( 12,000 Blaze P 120,000 18,000 ) ( 15,000 ) 40,000 50,000 6. What is the weighted-average capital for Albion and Blaze in 2006? a. 100,000 and 120,000 b. 105,333 and 126,667 c. 110,667 and 119,583 d. 126,667 and 105,333 7. If the average capital for Albion and Blaze from the above information is 112,000 and 119,000, respectively, what will be the total amount of profit allocated after the salary and interest distributions are completed? a. 70,000. b. 73,100. c. 75,000. d. 80,000. 8. If the average capital balances for Albion and Blaze are $100,000 and $120,000, what will the final profit allocations for Albion and Blaze in 2006? a. 50,000 and 70,000. b. 54,000 and 66,000. c. 70,000 and 50,000. d. 75,000 and 45,000. 9. The XYZ partnership provides a 10% bonus to Partner Y that is based upon partnership income, after deduction of the bonus. If the partnership's income is 121,000, how much is Partner Y's bonus allocation? a. 11,000. b. 11,450. c. 11,650. d. 12,100. 10. Bloom and Carnes share profits and losses in a ratio of 2:3, respectively. Bloom and Carnes receive salary allowances of 10,000 and 20,000, also respectively, and both partners receive 10% interest based upon the balance in their capital accounts on January 1. Partners’ drawings are not used in determining the average capital balances. Total net income for 2006 is 60,000. If net income after deducting the interest and salary allocations is greater than 20,000, Carnes receives a bonus of 5% of the original amount of net income. Bloom January 1 capital balances P 200,000 Yearly drawings (P1,500 a month) Carnes P 18,000 300,000 18,000 What are the total amounts for the allocation of interest, salary, and bonus, and, how much over-allocation is present? a. 60,000 and 0. b. 80,000 and 20,000. c. 83,000 and 0. d. 83,000 and 23,000. ANSWERS & SOLUTIONS (Chapter 2) 1. d 2. b 3. d 4. b 5. a 6. c Albion: [(100,000 x 6) + (88,000 x 1) + (128,000 x 5)]/12 = 110,667 Blaze: [(120,000 x 5) + (105,000 x 5) + (155,000 x 2)]/12 = 119,583 7. b 8. b Capital: (112,000 + 119,000)x(10%) = 23,100 Salary: (20,000 + 30,000) = 50,000 Total: 23,100 + 50,000 = 73,100 Albion: (100,000 x 10%) + 20,000 + 24,000 = 54,000 Blaze: (120,000 x 10%) + 30,000 + 24,000 = 66,000 9. a B = .1x(121,000 - B) B = 12,100 - .1B 1.1B = 12,100 B = 11,000 10. b Interest: (500,000 x 10%) = 50,000 Salary: (10,000 + 20,000) = 30,000 Bonus: Condition not met = 0 Total allocations = 80,000 and over-allocations = 80,000 - $60,000 = 20,000 CHAPTER 3: Partnership Dissolution: Changes in Ownership 2. When a partner retires from a partnership and the retiring partner is paid more than the capital balance in her account, which of the following explains the difference? I. The retiring partner is receiving a bonus from the other partners. II. The retiring partner's goodwill is being recognized. a. I only b. II only c. Either I or II d. Neither I nor II (Use the following information for questions 3, 4 and 5.) 3. Refer to the above information. Which statement below is correct if a new partner receives a bonus upon contributing assets into the partnership? a. B < A and D = C - A b. B > A and D = C + A c. A = B and A = D + C d. B > A and C = D + A 4. Refer to the above information. Which statement below is correct if goodwill of the old partners is recognized upon the contribution of assets into the partnership by a new partner? a. B = A and D < C + A b. B = A and D > C + A c. B < A and D = C + A d. B > A and D < C + A 5. Refer to the above information. Which statement below is correct if a new partner purchases an interest in capital directly from the old partners? a. C < D b. C = D c. C = D and B = A d. C < D and B = A (Use the following information for questions 6, 7 and 8.) A summary balance sheet for the McCune, Nall, and Oakley partnership appears below. McCune, Nall, and Oakley share profits and losses in a ratio of 2:3:5, respectively. Assets Cash P Inventory 50,000 62,500 Marketable securities 100,000 Land 50,000 Building-net 250,000 Total assets P 512,500 P 212,500 Equities McCune, capital Nall, capital 200,000 Oakely, capital 100,000 Total equities P 512,500 The partners agree to admit Pavic for a one-fifth interest. The fair market value of partnership land is appraised at $100,000 and the fair market value of inventory is $87,500. The assets are to be revalued prior to the admission of Pavic and there is $15,000 of goodwill that attaches to the old partnership . 6. By how much will the capital accounts of McCune, Nall, and Oakley increase, respectively, due to the revaluation of the assets and the recognition of goodwill? a. b. c. d. The capital accounts will increase by 25,000 each. The capital accounts will increase by 30,000 each. P18,000, P27,000, and P45,000. P20,000, P25,000, and P30,000. 7. How much cash must Pavic invest to acquire a one-fifth interest? a. b. c. d. 117,500. 120,500. 146,875. 150,625. 8. What will the profit and loss sharing ratios be after Pavic’s investment? a. b. c. d. 1:2:4:2. 2:3:5:2. 3:4:6:2. 4:6:10:5. 9. Davis has decided to retire from the partnership of Davis, Eiser, and Foreman. The partnership will pay Davis P200,000. Goodwill is to be recorded in the transaction as implied by the excess payment to Davis. A summary balance sheet for the Davis, Eiser, and Foreman partnership appears below. Davis, Eiser, and Foreman share profits and losses in a ratio of 1:1:3, respectively. Assets Cash Inventory Marketable securities Land Building-net Total assets Equities Davis, capital Eiser, capital Foreman, capital Total equities P P 75,000 82,000 38,000 150,000 255,000 600,000 P 160,000 140,000 300,000 600,000 What goodwill will be recorded? a. 40,000. b. 120,000. c. 160,000. d. 200,000. 10. In the RST partnership, Ron's capital is 80,000, Stella's is 75,000, and Tiffany's is 50,000. They share income in a 3:2:1 ratio, respectively. Tiffany is retiring from the partnership. Tiffany is paid 60,000, and no goodwill is recorded. What is the Ron's capital balance after Tiffany withdraws from the partnership? a. 74,000 b. 71,000 c. 75,000 d. 86,000 ANSWERS & SOLUTIONS (Chapter 3) 1. d 2. c 3. b 4. b 5. b 6. c The assets will be valued upward by 90,000 which, allocated on a 2:3:5 basis, yields 18,000 to McCune, 27,000 to Nall, and 45,000 to Oakely. 7. d After the revaluation, the assets will be recorded at 602,500. If Pavic is admitted for a one-fifth interest, the 602,500 represents 80% of the total implied capital. Dividing 602,500 by 80% gives a total capitalization of 753,150 for which 150,625 is required from Pavic for a 20% interest. 8. d Each of the original partners has given up 20% of their interest to Pavic. Their profit and loss sharing ratios will therefore be 80% of what they were before the admission of Pavic. McCune Nall Oakely Pavic 20% x 80% = 16% 30% x 80% = 24% 50% x 80% = 40% = 20% Expressed as: 4:6:10:5 9. d 10. a 200,000 80000 - [(60000-50000)x3/5)] = 74,000 CHAPTER 4: Partnership Lump-Sum Liquidation 1. Which of the following procedures is acceptable when accounting for a deficit balance in a partner’s capital account during partnership liquidation? a. A partner with a negative capital balance must contribute personal assets to the partnership that are sufficient to bring the capital account to zero. b. If a partner with a negative capital balance is personally insolvent, the negative capital balance may be absorbed by those partners having a positive capital balance according to the residual profit and loss sharing ratios that apply to all the partners. c. If a partner with a negative capital balance is personally insolvent, the negative capital balance may be absorbed by those partners having a positive capital balance according to the residual profit and loss sharing ratios that apply to those partners having positive balances. d. All the above procedures are acceptable. 2. In partnership liquidation, how are partner salary allocations treated? a. Salary allocations take precedence over creditor payments. b. Salary allocations take precedence over amounts due to partners with respect to their capital interests, but not profits. c. Salary allocations take precedence over amounts due to partners with respect to their capital profits, but not capital interests. d. Salary allocations are disregarded. 3. A simple partnership liquidation requires a. periodic payments to creditors and partners determined by a safe payments schedule. b. partnership assets to be converted into cash with full payment made to all outside creditors before remaining cash is distributed to partners in a lump sum payment. c. only creditors to be paid in an orderly manner. d. periodic payments to partners as cash becomes available. 5. If conditions produce a debit balance in a partner’s capital account when liquidation losses are allocated a. the partner receives further allocations of liquidation losses, but not gains. b. the partner receives no further allocation of liquidation losses and gains. c. the partner is no longer obligated to partnership creditors. d. the partner has an obligation of personal net assets to the other partners (Use the following information for questions 6, 7 and 8). On June 30, 2006, the Warle, Xin, and Yates partnership had the following fiscal year-end balance sheet: Cash Accounts receivable Inventory Plant assets-net Loan to Warle Total assets 4,000 6,000 14,000 12,000 6,000 42,000 Accounts payable Loan from Xin Warle, capital(20%) Xin, capital(30%) Yates, capital(50%) Total liab./equity 7,000 5,000 14,000 10,000 6,000 42,000 The percentages shown are the residual profit and loss sharing ratios. The partners dissolved the partnership on July 1, 2006,. and began the liquidation process. During July the following events occurred: * Receivables of 3,000 were collected. * The inventory was sold for 4,000. * All available cash was distributed on July 31, except for 2,000 that was set aside for contingent expenses. 6. The book value of the partnership equity (i.e., total equity of the partners) on June 30, 2006 is a. 60,000. b. 29,000. c. 30,000. d. 42,000. 7. The cash available for distribution to the partners on July 31, 2006 is a. 2,000. b. 4,000. c. 7,000. d. 11,000. 8. How much cash would Xin receive from the cash that is available for distribution on July 31? a. 0. b. 600. c. 1,000. d. 2,000. 10. O, P, & Q LLP, is beginning liquidation. It has no cash, total liabilities of 120000, including a 20000 loan payable to P, and equal partners' capital account balances of 80000. The income-sharing ratio is 5:1:4, respectively. If a portion of the noncash assets with a carrying amount of 280000 realizes 120000, the cash payment that P receives is a. 40,000. b. 88,000 c. 106,000. d. Some other amount. ANSWERS & SOLUTIONS (Chapter 4) 1. c 2. d 3. b 4. a 5. d 6. b (14,000 Warle capital + 10,000 Xin capital + 6,000 Yates capital + 5,000 from Xin - 6,000 Loan to Warle) = 29,000 Loan 7. a (4,000 beginning balance + 3,000 cash collected + 4,000 for inventory sold 7,000 of accounts payable - 2,000 for expenses) = 2,000 8. d 9. a 10. b P80,000 + P20,000 – P4,000 – P8,000 = P88,000 CHAPTER 5: Partnership Installment Liquidation 1. In partnership installment liquidations, what are safe payments? a. The amounts of distributions that can be made to the partners, after all creditors have been paid in full. b. The amounts of distributions that can be made to the partners with assurance that such amounts will not have to be returned to the partnership. c. The amounts of distributions that can be made to the partners, after all noncash assets have been adjusted to fair market value. d. All the above are examples of the safe payments concept. 2. If all partners are included in the first installment of an installment liquidation, then in future installments a. cash will be distributed according to the residual profit and loss sharing ratio. b. cash should not be distributed until all non-cash assets are converted into cash. c. a safe payments schedule must be prepared before each cash distribution to avoid excessive payments to partners. d. a cash distribution plan must be prepared so that partners will know when they will be included in cash distributions. 3. In a schedule of assumed loss absorptions a. the partner with lowest loss absorption is eliminated last. b. it is necessary to have a cash distribution plan first. c. the least vulnerable partner is eliminated first. d. the most vulnerable partner is eliminated first. 4. Which partner is considered the most vulnerable as a result of a computation of vulnerability rankings? a. The partner with the lowest vulnerability ranking, who also has the lowest loss absorption potential. b. The partner with the lowest vulnerability ranking, who also has the highest loss absorption potential. c. The partner with the highest vulnerability ratio, who also has the lowest loss absorption potential. d. The partner with the highest vulnerability ranking, who also has the highest loss absorption potential. 5. The rank order is for claims against a bankrupt partner of I. Those owing to partners by way of contribution II. Those owing to separate creditors III. Those owing to partnership creditors a. II first; I second and III third. b. III first; II second and I third. c. I first; III second and II third. d. II first; III second and I third. 6. Hara, Ives, and Jack are in the process of liquidating their partnership. Since it may take several months to convert the other assets into cash, the partners agree to distribute all available cash immediately, except for 10,000 that is set aside for contingent expenses. The balance sheet and residual profit and loss sharing percentages are as follows: Cash Other assets 400,000 200,000 Total assets 600,000 Accounts payable Hara, capital (40%) Ives, capital (30%) Jack, capital (30%) Total liab./equity 200,000 135,000 216,000 49,000 600,000 How much cash should Ives receive in the first distribution? a. 146,000. b. 147,000. c. 153,000. d. 156,000 7. Jane, Khel, and Laide are in the process of liquidating their partnership. Laide has agreed to accept the inventory, which has a fair value of $60,000, as part of her settlement. A balance sheet and the residual profit and loss sharing percentages are as follows: Cash 198,000 Accounts payable 149,000 Inventory 80,000 Jane, capital (40%) 79,000 Plant assets 230,000 Khel, capital (40%) 140,000 Laide, capital (20%) 140,000 Total assets 508,000 Total liab./equity 508,000 If the partners then distribute the available cash, Laide will receive a. 34,000. b. 30,000 c. 29,000. d. 23,000. 8. The year-end balance sheet and residual profit and loss sharing percentages for the Lang, Maas, and Neal partnership on December 31, 2005, are as follows: Cash Loan to Lang Other assets 30,000 40,000 480,000 Accounts payable 200,000 Loan from Maas 50,000 Lang, capital (25%) 70,000 Maas, capital (25%) 80,000 Neal, capital (50%) 150,000 Total assets 550,000 Total liab./equity 550,000 The partners agree to liquidate the business and distribute cash when it becomes available. A cash distribution plan for the Lang, Maas, and Neal partnership will show that cash available, after outside creditors are paid, will initially go to a. Lang in the amount of $20,000. b. Maas in the amount of $45,000. c. Maas in the amount of $55,000. d. Neal in the amount of $90,000. 9. Assume that a partnership had assets with book value of 480000 and a market value of 390000, outside liabilities of 140000, loans payable to partner Abby of 40000, and capital balances for partners Abby, Baby, and Cassy of 140000, 60000, and 100000. How much would Abby receive upon liquidation assuming profits and losses are allocated equally? a. 110000 b. 140000 c. 150000 d. 180000 10. Assume the same situation in problem 9, how would the first 200000 of available assets be distributed assuming profits and losses are allocated equally? a. 140000 to outside liabilities, 40000 to Abby, and the balance equally among partners b. 140000 to outside liabilities, and 60000 to Abby c. 140000 to outside liabilities, 50000 to Abby and 10000 to Cassy d. 80000 to Abby, 40000 to Cassy, and the balance equally among partners ANSWERS & SOLUTIONS (Chapter 5) 1. b 2. a 3. d 4. a 5. d 6. b 7. d Equities Distribute inventory to Laide and: recognize $20,000 loss Possible losses on plant Subtotal Eliminate Jane’s debit balance to Khel & Laide Balance 8. c 9. c 40% Jane 79,000 ( ( ( 40% Khel 140,000 8,000 92,000 21,000 ) ( ) ( ) 8,000 92,000 40,000 21,000 0 ( 14,000 26,000 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( 20% Laide 140,000 60,000 4,000 46,000 30,000 7,000 23,000 ) ) ) ) 10. b Liabilities should be paid first, then the balance of P60,000 should be given to Abby since she is the one entitled to the first priority. CHAPTER 6: Corporate Liquidation 2. A bankruptcy petition filed by a firm’s creditors is a. a Chapter 7 petition. b. a petition for liquidation. c. an involuntary petition. d. a voluntary petition. 3. A primary difference between voluntary and involuntary bankruptcy petitions is that a. creditors file the petition in an involuntary filing. b. trustees are not used in an voluntary filing. c. voluntary petitions are not subject to review by the bankruptcy court. d. the debtor corporation files the petition in an involuntary filing. 4. The first-to-last ranking order of priority of the following: I. stockholder claims II. unsecured priority claims III. secured claims IV. unsecured non-priority claims in a Chapter 7 bankruptcy case is a. I,II,IV, and III. b. III,II,IV, and I. c. III,I,IV, and II. d. I,III,II, and IV. 5. Trustees in a bankruptcy cases have the duty to a. nullify affiliate transactions. b. relegate tax payments to an unsecured status. c. call creditor meetings on liquidation proceedings. d. provide payments to creditors and customers. 8. The following data were taken from the statement of realization and liquidation of XYZ Corporation for the quarter ended September 30, 2008: Assets to be realized Assets acquired Assets realized Assets not realized Liabilities to be liquidated Liabilities assumed Liabilities liquidated Liabilities not liquidated Supplementary credits Supplementary charges P 330,000 360,000 420,000 150,000 540,000 180,000 360,000 450,000 510,000 468,000 . The ending balances of capital stock and retained earnings are P300,000 and P120,000, respectively. What is the net income (loss) for the period? a. P168,000 b. P(168,000) c. P(210,000) d. P42,000 9. On July 1, 2008, the records of Mr. X, trustee in bankruptcy for B Corporation, showed the following: Cash Assets to be realized: Furnitures Buildings Machinery Copyright Liabilities to be liquidated: Accounts payable Notes payable Estate Deficit P 57,400 70,000 301,000 196,000 30,800 560,000 280,000 184,400 During July, Mr. X sold machinery having a book value of P105,000 for P61,600 and sold the copyright for P84,000. Mr. X was paid P9,100 as trustee fee and P147,000 was distributed proportionately to the creditors. What is the estimated deficiency? a. (184,800) b. (176,500) c. (184,100) d. (154,800) 10. A review of the assets and liabilities of G Company in bankruptcy on June 30, 2008, discloses the ff: (1) A mortgage payable of P118,000, is secured by building valued at P39,000 less than its book value of P172,000. (2) Notes payable of P57,000 is secured by furniture and equipment with a book value of P76,000 that is 3/5 realizable. (3) Assets other than those referred to have an estimated value of P44,000, an amount that is 75% of its book value (4) Liabilities other than those referred to total P91,000, which included claims with priority of P23,000. How much was paid to the partially secured creditors? a. P52,340 b. P48,260 c. P49,380 d. P50,769 ANSWERS & SOLUTIONS (Chapter 6) 1. a 2. c 3. a 4. b 5. d 6. b. 76% Solution: Cash Receivables (net) Receivables (net) Inventory Inventory Prepaid Expenses Property and Equipme Goodwill Salaries Payable Accounts Payable Accounts Payable Bonds Payable Interest Payable Bank Loan Payable Interest Payable Note Payable Ordinary shares Deficit Taxes Payable Trustees Expenses Total Assets Free Portion BV 396,000 924,000 231,000 3,000 900,000 120,000 120,000 300,000 270,000 1,200,000 594,000 240,000 (150,000) < NRV 396,000 600,000 180,000 132,000 70,000 1,050,000 120,000 140,000 160,000 270,000 18,000 1,200,000 30,000 594,000 Classification Unpledged assets Assets pledge to Fully Secured Creditors Unpledged assets Assets pledge to Partially Secured Creditors Unpledged assets Unpledged assets Assets pledge to Partially Secured Creditors Unpledged assets Priority Creditors Partially Secured Creditors Unsecured Creditors Unsecured Creditors Unsecured Creditors Partially Secured Creditors Partially Secured Creditors Fully Secured Creditors (150,000) Squeeze 21,000 Priority Creditors 25,000 Priority Creditors - Liabilities Unsecured Priority Deficiency APFSC-FSC Unpledged Assets 6,000 646,000 Total Free Assets 652,000 < < < < PSC-APPSC 188,000 Unsec. Creditors 448,000 Priority Creditors 636,000 166,000 166,000 (150,000) Squeeze Recovery Rate = Available Assets / Unsecured Creditors Recovery Rate = (652-166) / 636 Recovery Rate = 0.76 or 76 % 7. d. 1,324,880 Partially Secured Creditors = = 8. b. (168,000) 100% of APPSC + ((PSC-APPSC) x Rec. Rate) = (1050000+132000) + ((1370000-1182000) x 76%) 1,324,880 9. c. (184,100) 10. d. P50,769 (1)PARTNERSHIP FORMATION 1.1 THEORIES. 1. A partnership is a(n): I. accounting entity. II. taxable entity. A. I only B. II only C. Neither I nor II D. Both I and II 2. On June 30, 2015, a partnership was formed by Mendoza and Lopez. Mendoza contributed cash. Lopez, previously sole proprietor, contributed noncash assets including a realty subject to mortgage which was assumed by the partnership. Lopez’s capital account at June 30, 2015 should be recorded at: a. The fair value of the property on June 30, 2015 less the mortgage payable b. Lopez’s carrying amount of the property on June 30, 2015 c. Lopez’s carrying amount of the property on June 30, 2015 less the mortgage payable d. The fair value of the property on June 30, 2015 3. Two individuals who were previously sole proprietors formed a partnership. Property other than cash which is part of the initial investment in the partnership would be recorded for financial accounting purposes at the : a. Proprietors’ book values or the fair value of the property at the date of the investment whichever is higher. b. Proprietors’ book values or the fair value of the property at the date of the investment whichever is lower. c. Proprietors’ book values of the property at the date of the investment d. Fair value of the property at the date of investment 4. A unique feature of partnerships (compared with publicly owned corporations) is that: a. Limited liability with respect to damages arising from professional services b. Greater allowable tax deductions for retirement plans c. Ease of formation d. Book value 1.2 PROBLEMS. 1. On May 1, 2015, Cat and Meow formed a partnership and agreed to share profits and losses in the ratio of 3:7, respectively. Cat contributed a parcel of land that cost her P10,000. Meow contributed P40,000 cash. The land has a fair value of P15,000. Cat insisted that the value of land should be P18,000. The partners agreed to value the land at P18,000. What amount should be recorded in Cat’s capital account on formation of the new partnership? a. P18,000 b. P17,400 c. P15,000 d. P10,000 2. On July 1, Manny and Floyd formed a partnership, agreeing to share profits and losses in the ratio of 4:6, respectively. Manny contributed a parcel of land that cost him P25,000. Floyd contributed P50,000 cash. The land was sold for P50,000 on July 1, four hours after formation of the partnership. How much should be recorded in Manny’s capital account on the partnership formation? a. P10,000 b. P20,000 c. P25,000 d. P50,000 Use the following question for 3 & 4 On March 1, 2014, cat and Fish formed a partnership with each contributing the following assets: Cat Cash P30,000 Machinery P25,000 Building Furnitures and Fixtures P10,000 Fish P70,000 P75,000 P225,000 - 3. On March 1, 2015, the capital account of Fish would show a balance of: a. P280,000 b. P305,000 c. 314,000 d. 370,000 4. Assuming that the partners agreed to bring their respective capital in proportion to their respective profit and loss ratio, and using Fish capital as the base, how much cash is to be invested by Cat? a. P19,000 b. P30,000 c. P40,000 d. P55,000 5. On October 1, 2015, Albano and Armando formed a partnership and agreed to share profits and losses in the ratio 3:7 respectively. Albano contributed a parcel of land that cost him P2,000,000. Armando contributed P3,000,000 in cash. The land has a quoted price of P3,600,000 on October 1, 2015. What amount should be recorded in Albano’s capital account upon formation of the partnership? a. P3,600,000 b. P3,000,000 c. P3,480,000 d. P2,000,000 (2)PARTNERSHIP OPERATIONS 2.1 THEORIES. 1. The partnership agreement between Moran and Reyes stipulates that Moran is to receive a 20% bonus on profits before bonus, with the residual profit and loss to be apportioned in the ratio of 2:3 respectively. Which partner has a greater advantage when the partnership has profits and when it incurred a loss? a. Profit: Reyes Loss: Moran b. Profit: Moran Loss: Reyes c. Profit: Reyes Loss: Reyes d. Profit: Moran Loss: Moran 2. Partners Fojas and Gomez share profits and losses equally after each has beeen credited in all circumstances with annual salary allowances of p30,000 and P24,000 respectively. Under this arrangement, in which following circumstances will Fojas benefit by -6,000 more than Gomez? a. b. c. d. Only if the partnership has earnings of P54,000 or more for the year Only if the partnership does not incur loss for the year In all earnings or loss situations Only if the partnership has earnings of at least P6,000 for the year 3. Partners Lazaro and Orlando share profits in a 2:1 ratio, respectively. Each partner receives an annual salary allowance of P12,000. If the salaries are recorded in the accounts of the partnership as an expense rather than treated as an allocation of profit, the total amount allocated to each partner for salaries and net profit would be: a. b. c. d. Less ofr both lazaro and orlando Unchanged for both Lazaro and Orlando More for lazaro and less for Orlando More for orlando and less for Lazaro 4. Navarro and Paredes formed a partnership on January 2, 2015, and agreed to share income 90% and 10% respectively. Navarro contributed a capital of P50,000. Paredes contributed no capital but has a specialized expertise and manages the firm full-time. There were no withdrawals during the year. The partnership agreement provides for the the following: a. Capital accounts are to be credited anually with the interest at 5% of he beginning capital balance b. Paredes is to be paid a salary of P2,000 a month. c. Paredes is to receive a bonus of 20% of income calculated before deducting his bonus, salary and interest on both capital accounts d. Bonus, interest and Paredes’ salary are to be considered partnership expenses 5. What is the underlying purpose of the interest on capital balances component of allocating partnership profits and losses? a. Compensate partners who contribute economic resources to the partnership b. Reward labor and expertise contribution c. Reward for special responsibilities undertaken d. None of the above 2.2. PROBLEMS. 1. ABC Partnership provided for the following distribution of profits and losses: First, Alberto is to receive 10% of the net profit up to P1,000,0000 and 20% on the amount in excess thereof; Second, Bustos and Cancio each are to receive 5% of the remaining profit in excess of P1,500,000 after Alberto’s share as per above; and The balance is to be divided equally among the partners. For the year just ended, the partnership realized a net profit of P2,500,000 before distribution to partners. How much is the share of Alberto in the profit of the partnership? a. P1,000,000 b. P1,300,000 c. P1,080,000 d. P1,100,000 2. Tamayo, Banson and Vidal, a partnership formed on Jan. 1, 2015 had the following initial investments: Tamayo P100,000 Banson 150,000 Vidal 225,000 The partnership agreement stated that the profits and losses are to be shared equally by the partners after consideration is to be made for the following: Salaries allowed to partners: P60,000 for Tamayo; P48,000 for Banson and P36,000 fro Vidal. Average partners’ capital balances during the year shall be allowed 10%. Additional Information: On June 30, 2012, Tamayo invested an additional P60,000. Vidal withdrew P70,000 from the partnership on September 30, 2012. Share on the remaining profit was P3,000 for each partner. Interest on average capital balances of the partners totals: a. P48,750 b. 53,750 c. 57,625 d. 60,625 3. Using the information in #2, the partnership net profit for 2012 before salaries, interest and partners’ share on the remainder was: a. 199,750 b.207,750 c. 211,625 d. 201,750 4. Using the information in #2, the total partnership capital on December 31, 2015 was: a. 405,000 b. 666,750 c. 465,000 d. 480,000 5. Sison, Torres and Velasco are partners in a n accounting firm. Their capital account balances at year-end were: Sison, P50,000; Torres, P110,000; Velasco, P50,000. They share profits and losses on a 4:4:2 ratios, after the following terms. a. Partner Velasco is to receive a bonus of 10% of net profit after bonus b. Interest of 10% shall be paid on that portion of a partner’s capital in excess of P100,000. c. Salaries of P10,000 and P12,000 shall e paid to partners Sison and Velasco, respectively. Assuming a net profit of P44,000 for the year, the total profit share of Sison was: a. 7,800 b. 16,800 c. 19,400 d. 19,800 (3)PARTNERSHIP DISSOLUTION 3.1 THEORIES. 1. Which of the following conditions constitutes a legal dissolution of a partnership? a. Death of a partner b. Retirement of a partner c. Admission of a partner d. All of the above 2. Ben, Inc., a partner in BenTong Partnership assigns its partnership interest to Bean, who is not made a partner. After the assignment, Bean asserts the right to: I. Participate in the management of BenTong II. Ben’s share of BenTong’s profits a. I only b. II only c. Both I & II d. Neither I nor II 3. Transferable interest of a partner includes all of the following except: a. The partner’s share of the profits and losses of the partnership b. The right to receive distributions c. The right to receive any liquidating distribution d. The authority to transact any of the partnership’s operations 4. If existing partners acquires the equity of a withdrawing partner, in what manner do they divide the equity? a. In any manner they choose b. Equally c. Proportionate to their residual profit and loss ratios d. Existing partners are not permitted to acquire the equity of a withdrawing partner 3.2 PROBLEMS. 1. Presented below is the condensed balance sheet of the partnership of HH, AA, and MM who share profits and losses in the ratio of 6:3:1, respectively: Cash …………………………………… P 85,000 Liabilities …………………………P 80,000 Other Assets ……………………….. 415,000 HH, capital ………………………. 252,000 AA, capital ……………………….. 126,000 ________ MM, capital …………………….. 42,000 Total …………………………………..P 500,000 Total ……………………………….P 500,000 The partners agree to sell NN 20% of their respective capital and profit and loss interest for a total payment of P90,000. The payment of NN is to be made directly to the individual partners. The capital balances of HH, AA, and MM respectively after admission of NN are: e. P198,000; P99,000; P33,000. f. P201,600; P100,800; P33,600. g. P216,000; P108,000; P36,000. h. P255,000; P127,800; P42,600. 2. Capital balances and profit or loss sharing ratios of the partners in the BIG Entertainment Gallery are as follows: Britney, capital (50%) ………………………. P 140,000 Iggy, capital (30%) ……………………………… 160,000 Grabby, capital (20%) ………………………… 100,000 Total …………………………………………………P 400,000 Betty needs money and agrees to assign half of her interest in the partnership to Yessir for P90,000 cash. Yessir does not become a partner. What is the total capital of the BIG partnership immediately after the assignment of the interest to Yessir? a. P310,000 b. P200,000 c. P490,000 d. P400,000 3. The capital accounts of the partnership of NN, with their respective profit and loss ratio: NN …………………………………. P 139,200 VV …………………………………… 208,800 JJ …………………………………….. 96,000 VV and JJ on June 1, 2015 are presented below 1/2 1/3 1/6 On June 1, 2015, LL is admitted to the partnership when LL purchased for P132,000, a proportionate interest from NN and JJ in the net assets and profits of the partnership. As a result of a transaction LL acquired a one-fifth interest in the net assets and profits of the firm. What is the combined gain realized by NN and JJ upon the sale of a portion of their partnership to LL? a. P 0 b. P43,200 c. 62,400 d. 82,000 4. PP contributed P24,000 and CC contributed P48,000 to form a partnership, and they agreed to share profits in the ratio of their original capital contribution. During the first of operation, they made a profit of P116,290; PP withdrew P5,050 and CC P8,000. At the start of the following year, they agreed to admit GG in the partnership. He was to receive a one-fourth interest in the capital and profits upon payment of P30,000 to PP and CC, whose capital accounts were to be reduced by transfer to GG’s capital account of amounts sufficient to bring them back to their original capital ratio. How should the P30,000 paid be GG be divided between PP and CC? a. PP, P9,825; CC, P20,175 c. PP, P10,000; CC, P20,000 b. PP, P15,000; CC, P15,000 d. PP, P9,300; CC, P20,700 5. CC and DD are the partners who share profits and losses in the ratio of 7:3 respectively. On October 21, 2015, their respective capital accounts were as follows: CC DD Total Capital PHP PHP 35,000.00 30,000.00 65,000.00 On that date they agreed to admit EE as a partner with one-third interest in the capital and profits and losses, and upon his investment of P25,000. The new partnership will begin with a total capital of P90,000. Immediately after EE’s admission, what are the capital balances of CC, DD and EE, respectively. a. P30,000; P30,000; P30,000 b. P31,500; P28,500; P30,000 c. P31,667; P28,333; P30,000 d. P35,000; P30,000; P25,000 (4)LUMP-SUM LIQUIDATION 4.1THEORIES. 1. The first step in the liquidation process is to a. Convert noncash assets into cash b. Pay partnership creditors c. Compute any net income (loss) d. Allocate any gains or losses to the partners 2. The following is the priority sequence in which liquidation proceeds will be distributed for a partnership: a. Partnership drawings, partnership liabilities, partnership loans, partnership capital balances b. partnership liabilities, partnership loans, partnership capital balances c. partnership liabilities, partnership loans, partnership drawings, partnership capital balances d. partnership liabilities, partnership capital balances, partnership loans 3. Offsetting a partner’s loan balance against his debit capital balance is referred to as the: a. Marshalling of assets b. Right of offset c. Allocation of assets d. Liquidation of assets 4. Which item is not shown on the schedule of partnership liquidation? a. Current cash balances b. Property owned by the partnership c. Liabilities still to be paid d. Considered to be a liability of a partnership 5. Which of the following statements is correct? I. Personal creditors have first claim on partnership assets II. Partnership creditors have first claim on partnership assets III. Partnership creditors have first claim on personal assets a. I b. II c. III d. Both II and III 4.2 PROBLEMS. 1. The statement of financial position of the Golf Partnership, just before liquidation, is as follows: Cash Non-cash Assets P20,000 50,000 Total _______ P70,000 Liabilities Par, capital (50%) Boogie, capital (30%) Birdie, capital (20%) Total P24,000 20,000 16,000 10,000 P70,000 The noncash assets are sold for P10,000 net of liquidation expenses and the liabilities are paid. The remaining cash should be distributed to the partners as follows: a. b. c. d. Par P 0 P2,000 P3,000 P15,000 Boogie P4,000 P2,000 P1,800 P9,000 Birdie P2,000 P2,000 P1,200 P6,000 2. The statement of financial position for the partnership of Jonas, Carlos, Tomas, whose sharesof profits and losses are 40, 50, and 10 percent is as follows: Cash Inventory P50,000 360,000 Total ________ P410,000 Liabilities Jonas, capital Carlos, capital Tomas, capital Total Liabilities and Equity P150,000 160,000 45,000 55,000 P410,000 If the inventory is sold for P300,000, how much should Jonas receive upon the liquidation of the partnership? a. P48,000 b. P100,000 c. P136,000 d. P160,000 3. Nory and Oscar started a partnership some years ago and managed to operate profitability for several years. Recently, however, they lost a substantial legal suit and incurred unexpected losses on accounts receivable and inventories. As a result, they decided to liquidate. They sold all the assets and only P18,000 was available to pay liabilities, which amounted to P33,000. Their capital account balances before the state of liquidation and their profit-sharing ratios are shown below: Capital Account Balances Profit-sharing Ratio Nory P23,000 60% Oscar P13,500 40% Nory is personally insolvent after paying the unpaid creditors, but Oscar has personal assets in excess of P100,000. In the settlement of partners, how cash should Nory receive. a. b. c. d. P0 P7,100 P1,700 P7,000 4. Mona and Lisa are partners with capital balances, loan balances, and profit and loss ratio as follows: Capital Balances P24,500 P15,500 Mona Lisa Loan Balances P4,000 P3,500 Profit and Loss Ratio 60% 40% The partners decide to liquidate the partnership. The firms liabilities amounted to P36,000 including partners’ loan. After realization of assets, cash on hand amounts to P37,500. In the settlement of partners, Mona and Lisa should receive: a. b. c. d. Mona P22,500 P1,500 P5,400 P28,500 Lisa P15,000 P1,000 P3,600 P19,000 (5)LIQUIDATION BY INSTALLMENT 5.1 THEORIES 1. The rank order is for claims against a bankrupt partner of IV. Those owing to partners by way of contribution V. Those owing to separate creditors VI. Those owing to partnership creditors a. II first; I second and III third b. III first, II second and I third c. I first; III second and II third d. II first; III second and I third 2. In a partnership liquidation, the final cash distribution to the partners should be made in accordance with the: a. Partners’ profit and loss sharing ratio b. Balances of the partners’ capital accounts c. Ratio of the capital contributions by the partners d. Ratio of capital contributions less withdrawals by the partners. 3. An advance cash distribution plan is prepared a. Each time cash is distributed to partners in an instalment liquidation b. Each time a partnership asset is sold in an instalment liquidation c. To determine the order and amount of cash each partner will receive as it becomes available for distribution d. None of these 4. If a partner with a debt capital balance during liquidation is personally solvent, the a. Partner must invest additional assets in the partnership b. Partner’s debit balance will be allocated to the other partners c. Other partners will give the partner enough cash to absorb the debit balance d. Partnership will loan the partner enough cash to absorb the debit balance. 5.2 PROBLEMS. 1. The Statement of Financial position of the firm of RJ, SJ, and TJ just before liquidation shows the following: Assets P120,00 Liabilities RJ, loan RJ, capital SJ, capital TJ, capital 50,000 10,000 22,000 30,000 8,000 Total P120,000 RJ, SJ, and TJ share profits 5:3:2 respectively. Certain assets are sold for P80,000. Creditors are paid in full, partners are paid P20,000, and cash of P10,000 is withheld pending future developments. How much cash is to be distributed to partners? RJ SJ TJ a. P7,000 P13,000 b. P5,750 P14,250 c. P5,250 P14,750 d. P7,550 P12,450 2. The statement of financial position of the firm of AR, BR, CR, and DR, just prior to liquidation shows: AR, loan P1,000 AR, capital 5,500 BR, capital 5,150 CR, capital 6,850 DR, capital 4,500 AR, BR, CR, and DR share profits 4:3:2:1 respectively. Certain assets are sold for P6,000 and this is distributed to partners. How much cash should CR receive? a. P3,283 b. P0 c. P2,717 d. P6,000 *The following statement of financial position was prepared for the Tan, Lim and Wan Partnership on March 31, 2014 and relates to items 3-5. Assets Liabilities and Equity Cash Other Assets P 25,000 180,000 Liabilities P52,000 Tan, capital (40%) 40,000 Lim, capital (40%) 65,000 Wan, capital (20%) 48,000 Total Assets P205,000 Total Liabilities and Equity P205,000 3. The partnership is being liquidated by the sale of assets in instalments. The first sale of noncash assets having a book value of P90,000 realizes P50,000. The amount of cash each partner should receive in the first instalment is: a. b. c. d. 4. If P3,000 cash is receive? a. b. c. d. Tan, P0; Tan,P12,000; Tan,P27,000; Tan, P0; Lim,P5000; Lim, P13,000; Lim, P5,000; Lim, P5,000; Wan, P18,000 Wan, P22,000 Wan, P18,000 Wan, P22,000 withheld for possible liquidation expenses, how much cash should Wan P21,000 P17,000 P 3,000 P15,000 5. As a separate case, assume that each partner properly received some cash after the second sale of assets. The cash to be distributed amount to P14,000 from the third sale of assets, and unsold assets with P6,000 book value remain. How should the P14,000 be distributed to Tan, Lim and Wan, respectively? a. P5,600; P6,500; P2,800. b. P5,000; P5,000; P4,000. c. P - ; P11,200; P2,800. d. P5,600; P5,600; P2,800. (6)CORPORATE LIQUIDATION 6.1. THEORIES. 1. In a Statement of Affairs, assets pledged for partially secured creditors are: a. Included with assets pledges for fully secured creditors b. Offset against partially-secured liabilities c. Included with free assets d. Disregarded 2. The preferred sequence of listing (1) fully-secured liabilities, (2) partially-secured liabilities, (3) unsecured liabilities with priority, and (4) unsecured liabilities without priority in the liabilities and stockholders’ equity section of a Statement of Affairs is: a. (1), (2), (3), and (4) c. (1), (3), (2), and (4) b. (3), (1), (2), and (4) d. (1), (3), (4), and (2) 3. The estimated amount available for Free Assets in the Statement of Affairs for a business enterprise undergoing bankruptcy liquidation is equal to the assets’: a. Carrying amounts less current fair values b. Carrying amounts plus gain or less loss on realization c. Carrying amounts plus loss or less gain on realization d. Current fair values less carrying amounts 4. In corporate liquidation, creditors having priority are what type of creditors? Secured Creditors? Unsecured Creditors? a. Yes Yes b. Yes No c. No Yes d. No No 5. In reporting a company that is to be liquidated, assets are shown at: a. Present value calculated using an appropriate effective rate b. Net realizable value c. Historical cost d. Book value 6.2. PROBLEMS. 1. When Philex Company filed for liquidation with the Securities and exchange Commission, it prepared the following balance sheet: Current assets, net realizable value, P50,000 P 80,000 Land and Buildings, fair value, P240,000 200,000 Goodwill, fair value, P0 40,000 Total assets P 320,000 Accounts payable Mortgage payable, secured by land and building Common stock Retained earnings, deficit Total Eqquities P P 160,000 200,000 100,000 (140,000) 320,000 What is the estimated deficiency to unsecured creditors? e. P70,000 b. P90,000 c. P120,000 2. What percentage of their claims are the unsecured creditors likely to get? a. 43.75& b. 50% c. 56.25% d. P140,000 d. 100% *Items 3-5 are based in the following: The following data were taken from the statement of affairs of RG Corp.: Assets pledged for fully secured liabilities (current fair value, P75,000) Assets pledged for partially secured liabilities (current fair value, P52,000) Free Assets (current fair value, P40,000) Unsecured Liabilities with priority Fully secured liabilities Partially secured liabilities Unsecured liabilities without priority 3. The amount that will be paid to creditors with priority is: a. P7,000 b. P6,000 c. P7,500 4. The amount to be paid to fully secured creditors is: a. P30,000 b. P32,000 c.P20,000 5. The amount to be paid to partially secured creditors is: a. P52,700 b. 57,200 c. 56,200 P90,000 74,000 70,000 7,000 30,000 60,000 112,000 d. P6,200 d. P35,000 d. 57,000 Problems Chapter 1 Partnership Formation 1. The business assets of LL and MM appear below: LL Cash Accounts Receivable Inventories Land Building Furniture and Fixture Other Assets Total P 11,000 234,536 120,035 603,000 50,345 2,000 P 1,020,916 MM P 22,354 567,890 260,102 428,267 34,789 3,600 P 1,317,002 Accounts Payable Notes Payable LL, capital MM, capital Total P 178,940 200,000 641,976 P 1,020,916 P 243,650 345,000 728,352 P 1,317,002 LL and MM agreed to form a partnership by contributing their respective assets and equities subject to the following adjustments: a. Accounts Receivable of P20,000 in LL’s books and P35,000 in MM’s are uncollectible. b. Inventories of P5,500 and P6,700 are worthless in LL’s and MM’s respective books. c. Other assets of P2,000 and P3,600 in LL’s and MM’s respective books are to be written off. The capital account of the partners after the adjustments will be: a. LL: P615,942, MM: P717,894 b. LL: P614,476, MM: 683,052 c. LL: P640,876, MM: P712,345 d. LL: P640,876, MM: 683,050 2. The same information in number 2, how much total assets does the partnership have after formation? a. P2,265,118 b. P2,337,918 c. P2,237,918 d. P2,365,218 3. On March 1, 2015, PP and QQ decide to combine their businesses and form a partnership. Their balance sheets on March1, before adjustments, showed the following: PP QQ Cash Accounts Receivable Inventories Furniture and Fixtures (net) Office Equipment (net) Prepaid Expenses Total P 9,000 18,500 30,000 30,000 11,500 6,375 P 105,375 P 3,750 13,500 19,500 9,000 2,750 3,000 P51,500 Accounts Payable Capital Total P45,750 59,625 P105,375 P18,000 33,500 P51,500 They agreed to have the following items recorded in their books: 1. Provide 2% allowance for doubtful accounts. 2. PP’s furniture and fixtures should be P31,000, while QQ’s office equipment is underdepreciated by P250. 3. Rent expense incurred previously by PP was not yet recorded amounting to P1,000, while salary expense incurred by QQ was not also recorded amounting to P800. 4. The fair market value of inventory amount to: For PP ...............................P29,500 For QQ ...............................P21,000 Compute the net (debit) credit adjustment for PP and QQ: PP QQ a. P 2,870 P 2,820 b. (2,870) (2,820) c. 870 180 d. (870) 180 5. The same information in number 4, compute the total liabilities after formation: a. P 65,550 b. 61,950 c. 63,750 d. 63,950 Chapter 2 Partnership Operation 1. Aldub is trying to decide whether to accept a salary of P40,000 or a salary of P25,000 plus a bonus of 10% of net income after salary and bonus as a means of allocation profit among partners. Salaries traceable to ther other partners are estimated to be P100,000. What amount of income would be necessary so that Aldub would consider the choices to be equal? a. P165,000 b. 265,000 c. 290,000 d. 305,000 2. The partnership agreement of Boo, Chi and Kik provides for the year-end allocation of net income in the following order: First, Boo is to recieve 10% of net income up to P200,000 and 20% over P200,000 Second, Chi and Kik each are to receive 5% of the remaining income over P300,000 The balance of income is to be allocated equally among the three partners The partnership’s 2011 net income was P500,000 before any allocations to partners. What amount should be allocated to Boo? a. P202,000 b. 220,000 c. 206,000 d. 216,000 3. Chin, San and Soo are partners with average capital balances during 2015 of P360,000, P180,000, and P120,000, respectively. Partners receive 10% interest on their average capital balances. After deducting salaries of P90,000 to Chin and P60,000 to Soo the residual profit or loss is divided equally. In 2015 the partnership sustained a P99,000 loss before interest and salaries to partners. By what amount should Chin’s capital account change? a. P126,000 increase b. 105,000 decrease c. 33,000 decrease d. 21,000 increase 4. Star and Circle created a partnership to own and operate a store. The partnership agreement provided that Star recieve a salary of P10,000 and Circle a salary of P5,000 to recognize their relative time spent in operating the store. Remaining profit and losses were divided 60:40 to Star and Circle, respectively. Income for 2015, the first year of operations, of P13,000 was allocated P8,800 to Star and P4,200 to Circle. On January 1, 2016, the partnership agreement was changed to reflect the fact that Circle could no longer devote any time to the store’s operation. The new agreement allows Star a salary of P18,000, and the remaining profits and losses are divided equally. In 2016 an error was discovered such that the 2015 reported income was understated by P4,000. The partnership income of P25,000 for 2016 included the P4,000 related to year 2015. In the reported net income of P25,000 for the year 2016, Star and Circle would have: a. Star: 0, Circle: 0 b. Star: 12,500, Circle:12,500 c. Star: 21,900, Circle: 3,100 d. Star: 17,100, Circle: 17,100 Chapter 3 Partnership Dissolution: Changes in Ownership 1. Spaghetti and Hamburger entered into a partnership on May 31, 2015, contributing cash of P48,000 and P32,000, respectively, and agreeing to divide earnings in the ratio of their initial investment after allowing annual salary allowances of P12,000 each. On December 31, 2015, the Income Summary account had a credit balance of P34,000, while the drawing accounts showed debit balances of P14,000 for Spaghetti and P10,000 for Hamburger. At the beginning of the next year, Pizza was admitted into the firm as a new partner with a 33 1/3% interest for a capital credit equal to his cash investment of P60,000. Spaghetti and Hamburger then effected a private cash settlement between themselves in order to make the capital balances conform to a new profit-sharing ratio 4:2:3, respectively, with salary allowances scrapped. How much of the amount of the private cash settlement effected between the old partners? a. P15,000 b. 12,000 c. 9,000 d. 5,000 2. The following are capital account balances and profit and loss ratios of the partners in Melon Company. Capital P&L Ratio LL P2,250,000 2 OO 750,000 1 They agree to admit RR as a partner with a 25% in capital upon her investment of P1,000,000. LL, OO and RR are to share profits 5:3:2, respectively. Subsequently, TT joins the partnership by investing P1,200,000 for a 20% interest in profits and capital, the old partners are to share profits in their original ration. Assuming the goodwill method is used, how much is the goodwill to be recorded upon the admission of TT? a. P400,000 b. P600,000 c. P800,000 d. P240,000 3. The condensed balance sheet of the partnership of Vice, Anne and Vhong with the corresponding profit and loss sharing percentage as of June 30, 2015 was as follows: Net assets Vice, capital Anne, capital Vhong, capital P480,000 P240,000 144,000 96,000 P 480,000 As of said date, Vice retired from the partnership. By mutual agreement, he was paid P270,000 for his interest in the partnership. Partial goodwill or adjustment in assets was to be recorded. After Vice’s retirement, the total net assets of the partnership was: a. P210,000 b. 300,000 c. 240,000 d. 270,000 4. Selena Gomez, a partner in a accounting firm, decided to withdraw from the partnership, Selena’s share of the partnership profits and losses was 20%. Upon withdrawing from the partnership he was paidP88,000 in final settlement for his interest. The total of the partners’ capital accounts before recognition of partnership goodwill prior to Selenna’s withdrawal was P252,000. After his withdrawal the remaining partners’ capital accounts, excluding their share of goodwill, totalled P192,000. The total goodwill of the firm was: a. P300,000 b. P168,000 c. P144,000 d. P192,000 5. Choco and Chips are partners who share profit and losses in the ratio of 7:3, respectively. On October 21, 2012, their respective capital accounts were as follows: Choco P 35,000 Chips a. b. c. d. P 30,000 P 65,000 On that date they agreed to admit Mallows as a partner with a one-third interest in the capital and profits and losses, and upon his investment of P 25,000. The new partnership will begin with a total capital of P 90,000. Immediately after Mallows’ admission, what are the capital balance of Choco, Chips and Mallows, respectively? P31,667; P28,333; P30,000 P31,500; P28,500; P30,000 P30,000; P30,000; P30,000 P35,000; P30,000; P25,000 Chapter 4 Partnership Lump-Sum Liquidation 1. Kah, Nih and Wang have capital balances of P90,000, P60,000 and P30,000, respectively. Profits are allocated 35% to Kah, 35% to Nih, and 30% to Wang. The partnershave decided to dissolve and liquidate the partnership. After paying ll the creditors, the amount available for distribution is P60. Kah, Nih and Wang are personally insolvent. Under the circumstances, Wang will a. Personally have to contribute an additional P6,000 b. Receive P18,000 c. Receive P30,000 d. Personally have to contribute an additional P36,000 2. The following account balances were available for the RFM partneship just before it entered liquidation: Cash Noncash assets P 10,000 Liabilities 300,000 R, capital F, capital M, capital P 310,000 P 130,000 60,000 40,000 80,000 P 310,000 R, F and M share profits and losses in a ratio of 2:4:4. Noncash assets were sold for P180,000. Liquidation expenses were P10,000. Assume that R was personally insolvent with assets of P8,000 and liabilities of P60,000. F and M were both solvent and able to cover deficits in their capital accounts, if any. What amount of cash could R’s personal creditors have expected to receive from partnership assets? a. P 34,000 b. P 0 c. P 26,000 d. P 30,000 Use the information for question 3 and 4 A local partnership was considering the possibility of liquidation since one of the partners (Dang)was insolvent. Capital balances at that time were as follows. Profits and losses were divided on a 4:2:2:2 basis, respectively. Dang P 60,000 Deng P 67,000 Ding P 17,000 Dong P 96,000 3. Dang’s creditor filed a P25,000 claim against the partnership assets. At that time, the partnership held assets reported at P360,000 and liabilities of P120,000. If the assets could be sold for P228,000, what is the minimum amount that Dang’s creditor would have recieved? a. P -0b. P 2,500 c. P 36,000 d. P 38,250 4. Dang’s creditor filed a P25,000 claim against the partnership assets. At that time, the partnership held assets reported at P360,000 and liabilities of P120,000. If the assets could be sold for P228,000, what is the minimum amount that Dong’s creditor would have recieved? a. P2,000 b. P-0c. P36,000 d. P39,250 e. P67,250 5. A, B and C is considering possible liquidation because C is insolvent. The partners have the following capital balances: P60,000, P70,000 and P40,000, respectively and share profits and losses 30%, 45% and 25%, respectively, the partnership has P200,000 in assets that can be sold for P150,000. What is the minimum that C’s creditors would receive of they have filed a claim of P50,000? a. P -0b. P47,500 c. P45,000 d. P27,500 e. P50,000 Chapter 5 Partnership Installment Liquidation 1. The MiMoMu Partnership is being disolved. All liabilities have been paid and remaining assets are being realized gradually. The equity of the partners is as follows: Partners’ Accounts Loans to Profit and (from) Loss Ratio Partnership Mi P 24,000 6,000 3 Mo 36,000 3 Mu 60,000 (10,000) 4 The second cash payment to any partner(s) under a program of priorities shall be made thus: a. To Mu, P8,000 b. To Mo, P6,000 c. To Mu, P2,000 d. To Mo, P6,000 and Mu, P8,000 2. When Mickey and Minnie, partners who share earning equally. Were incapacitated in an airplane accident, a liquidator was appointed to wind up thei business. The accounts showed cash, P 35,000; other assets, P 110,000; liabilities, P 20,000; Mickey, capital, P 71,000; and Minnie, capital, P 54,000. Because of highly specialized nature of the noncash assets, the liquidator anticipated that considerable time would be required to dispose them. The expenses of liquidating the business (advertising, rent, travel, etc) are estimated at P10,000. How much cash can be distributed safely to each partner at this point? a. Mickey: P5,000; and Minnie: P0 b. Mickey: P3,000; and Minnie: P0 c. Mickey: P5,000; and Minnie: P500 d. Mickey: P5,000; and Minnie: P1,000 3. A, B, and C are partners in ABC Partnership and share profits and losses 50%, 30% and 20%, respectively. The partners have agreed to liquidate the partnership and some liquidation expenses to be incurred. Prior to the liquidation, the partnership balance sheet reflects the following book values: Cash Noncash assets Notes Payable to CC Other Liabilities A, capital B, capital deficit C, capital P25,200 297,600 38,400 184,800 72,000 (12,000) 39,600 Assuming that the actual liquidation expenses are P16,800 and that the noncash assets with a book vaule of P240,000 are sold for P216,000. How much cash should C receive? a. -0b. P39,600 c. P46,457 d. P74,571 Chapter 6 Corporate Liquidation 1. Pink, a CPA, has prepared a statement of affairs. Assets which there are no claims or liens are expected to produce P70,000, which must be allocated to unsecured claims of all classes totalling P105,000. The following are some of the claims outstanding: Accounting fees for Pink, P1,500. An unrecorded note for P1,000, on which P60 of interest has accrued, held by Amy. A note for P3,000 secured by P4,000 receivables, estimated to be 60% collectible held by Joy. A P1,500 note , on which P30 of interest has accrued, held by Joyots. Property with a book value of P1,000 and a market value of P1,800 is pledged to guarantee payment of principal and interest. Unpaid income taxes of P3,500. Compute the estimated payment to partially secured creditors: a. P2,490 b. P1,950 c. P2,790 d. P1,060 2. The creditors of Miswa Corporation agreed to a liquidation based on the statement of affairs, suggested that unsecured creditors, without priority would receive approximately P.60 on the peso. The unsecured creditors are interested in determining whether the preliminary estimate still seems appropriate. The trustee was originally assigned noncash assets of P1,480,000 and creditors claims as follows: fully secured, P670,000; partially secured, P400,000; unsecured with priority, P200,000, and unsecured without proirity, P320,000. Assets with a book value of P45,000 and unsecured liabilities(without priority) of P35,000 were subsequently discovered. Assets with a total book value of P410,000 and partially secured liablities of P280,000 were paid. Remaining liquidation expenses were estimated to be P30,000. Assume the remaining noncash assets have an estimated net realizable value as follows: Assets traceable to fully secured creditors P 240,000 Assets traceable to partially secured creditors 110,000 Remaining assets 382,000 Determine the revised estimate of the dividend to be recieved by unsecured creditors without priority: a. 45.97% b. 66.17% c. 100% d. Cannot be determined 3. Lugi KNB Corporation has been undergoing liquidation since January 1. As of March 31, its condensed statement of realization and liquidation is presented below: Assets Assets to be realized Assets acquired Assets realized Assets not realized Liabilities Liabilities liquidated Liabilities not liquidated Liabiities to be liquidated Liabilities assumed Revenues and Expenses Supplementary Charges Supplementary Credits P1,375,000 750,000 1,200,000 1,375,000 P1,875,000 1,700,000 2,250,000 1,625,000 P3,125,000 2,800,000 The net gain (loss) for the three-month period ending March 31 is: a. P750,000 b. 425,000 c. (325,000) d. 250,000 4. Using the same information on number 3, compute the ending cash balance of cash account assuming that common stock and deficits are P1,500,000 and P500,000, respectively. a. P1,325,000 b. 1,375,000 c. 425,000 d. 575,000 5. Beyonce, Inc.purchased a Cadillac automobile with little cash down and signed a note, secured by the Cadillac, for 48 easy monthly payments. When company files for bankcruptcy, the balance due on the Cadillac amounts to P6,000,000. The car has book value of P8,000,000 and a net realizable value of P4,000,000. The unsecured creditors of Beyonce can expect to receive 50 percent of their claims. In the liquidation, the bank that holds the note on the Cadillac should receive: a. P4,000 b. 3,000 c. 6,000 d. 5,000 Theories Chapter 1 1. A unique feature of partnerships (compared with publicly owned corporation) is that a. They do not have to follow GAAP b. They are not governed by laws c. Books have to maintained on the tax basis d. They do not file income tax return 2. The advantages of the partnership form of business organization, compared to corporations include a. single taxation b. ease of formation c. mutual agency d. limited liability 3. The drawing ledger accounts of assets from a limited liability partnership that is considered a permanent reduction in that partner’s equity is debited to partner’s a. drawing’s account b. retained earnings account c. capital account d. loan receivable account 4. which of the statements are true when comparing corporations and partnership? a. partnership entities provide for taxes at the same rates used by corporations b. in theory, partnership are more able to attract capital c. like corporations, partnerships have an infinite life d. unlike shareholders, general partners may have liability beyond their capital balances 5. which of the following is not an advantage of a partnership over corporation? a. ease of formation b. unlimited liability c. the elimination of taxes at the entity level d. all of the above Chapter 2 1. What is the underlying purpose of the interest on capital balances component of allocating partnership profits and losses? a. compensate partners who contribute economic resources to the partnership b. Reward labor and expertise contributions c. Reward for special responsibilities undertaken d. none of the above 2. If partnership agreement provides a formula for the computation of a bonus to the partners, the bonus would be computed a. next to last, because the final allocation Is the distribution of the profit residual b. before income tax allocation are made c. after the salary and interest allocations are made d. in any manner agreed to by the partners 3. Partners active in a partnership business should have their share of partnership profits based on the following a. a combination of salaries plus interest based on average capital balances b. a combination of salaries and percentage of net income after salaries and any other allocation basis c. salaries only d. percentage of net income after salaries is paid to inactive partners 4. Which of the following statements is true concerning the treatment of salaries in partnership accounting? a. partner salaries may be used to allocate profits and losses; they are not considered expenses of the partnership b. partner salaries are equal to the annual partner now c. the salary of a partner is treated in the same manner as salaries of corporate employees d. partner salaries are directly closed to the capital account 5. what is the underlying purpose of the salary component of allocating partnership profits and losses? a. compensate partners who contribute economic resources to the partnership b. Reward labor and expertise contributions c. Reward for special responsibilities undertaken d. none of the above Chapter 3 1. Who may acquire the ownership interest of a partner who is withdrawing from the partnership? a. Existing partners b. new investor c. the partnership d. all of the above 2. The dissolution of a partnership occurs a. b. c. d. e. 3. only when the partnership sells its assets and permanently closes its books only when a partner leaves the partnership at the end of each year, when income is allocated to the partners only when a new partner is admitted to the partnership when there is any change in the individuals who make up the partnership Which of the following results in dissolution of a partnership? a. b. c. d. Contribution of additional assets to the partnership by any existing partner Receipt of a draw by an existing partner Winding up of the partnership and the distributing of remaining assets to the partners Withdrawal of a partner from a partnership 4. Which of the following forms of new partner admission will not result in a change in the partnership’s net assets? a. b. c. d. purchase of an ownership interest directly from the partnership purchase of an ownership interest directly from an existing partner either of the above neither of the above 5. Which of the following is not a criterion for recognizing a bonus to existing partners when a new partner joins partnership? a. Only cash assets were contributed to the partnership by the new partner b. The existing partners desire to not recognize goodwill on the balance sheet c. The articles of partnership indicates that the bonus method will be used to admit new partners d. The new partner invest more into the partnership that his/her share total partnership capital after the investment is made Chapter 4 1. Which of the following statements is correct? 1. Personal creditors have first claim on the partnership assets 2. Partnership creditors have the first claim on partnership assets 3. Partnership creditors have the first claim on personal assets a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. Both 2 and 3 2. A partnership dissolution differs from liquidation in that a. Payments are made to creditors before partners receive value b. Periodic payments to partners are made when cash becomes available c. A partner withdraws from the business and the enterprise continues to function d. Full payment is made to all outside creditors before remaining cash distributed to partners in a final lump sum payment 3. The following is the priority sequence in which liquidation proceeds will be distributed for a partnership: a. Partnership drawings, partnership liabilities, partnership loans, partnership capital balances b. Partnership liabilities, partnership loans, partnership capital balances c. Partnership liabilities, partnership loans, partnership drawings, partnership capital balances d. Partnership liabilities, partnership capital balances, partnership loans 4. If a partners with a debit capital balance during liquidation is personally solvent, the a. Partner must invest additional assets in the partnership b. Partner’s debit balance will be allocated to the other partners c. Other partners will give the partner enough cash to absorb the debit balance d. Partnership will loan the partner enough cash to absorb the debit balance Chapter 5 1. Which of the following statement is correct with regard to a partnership liquidation ? a. All creditors must be paid in full before distributions can be made to partners b. partner capital contributions and undistributed partnership income are viewed as distinct in the uniform partnership act c. all creditors are equal with regard to priority of claim against partnership assets d. loans from partners to the partnership have the same priority of claim against partnership assets as to creditor’s claims from other entities 2. Which of the following describes a partnership installment liquidation? a. Keeping the partnership assets and liabilities separate from the partner’s personal assets and liabilities b. The sale of all noncash assets and payment of liabilities before a single distribution to partners c. A series of interim distributions to partners while the sale of noncash assets and the payments of liabilities is occurring d. The combining of a partner’s capital account with loans to/from the partnership Chapter 6 1. A corporation that is unable to pay its debts as they become due is: a. Bankrupt b. Overdrawn c. Insolvent d. Liquidating 2. The duties of the trustee includes: a. Appointing creditors’ committees in liquidation cases b. Approving all payments for debts incurred before the bankruptcy filing c. Examining claims and disallowing any that are improper d. Calling a meeting of the debtor’s creditors 3. A debtor may file which type of petition when seeking judicial protection under the bankruptcy law? I. Voluntary II. Involuntary a. I only b. II only c. Either I or II d. Neither I or II 4. The statement of realization and liquidation differs from the statement of affairs because a. The statement of realization and affairs reports estimated realizable value s rather than actual liquidation result b. The statement of realization and affairs is a summary of secured debt activity only c. The statement of realization and affairs ids prepared only at final completion of the liquidation process d. The statement of realization and affairs reports actual liquidation results rather than estimated realizable values 5. On a balance sheet prepared for a company during its reorganization, at what balance are liabilities reported? a. b. c. d. As current and long term As monetary and nonmonetary As subject compromise and not subject to compromise As equity related and debt related Jessyreen V. Mallero Leilani M. Baclay Chapter 1 Partnership Formation 1. Which of the following is not a characteristic of most partnership? a. Limited liability b. Limited life c. Mutual agency d. Ease of formation Suggested answer (a) limited liability The liability of the partners in a partnership is unlimited. 2. Which of the following is not a characteristic of the proprietary theory that influences accounting for partnerships? a. Partner’s salaries are viewed as a distribution of income rather than a component of net income. b. A partnership is not viewed as separate entity, distinct, taxable entity. c. A partnership is characterized by limited liability. d. Changes in the ownership structure of a partnership result in the dissolution of the partnership. Suggested answer (c) A partnership is characterized by limited liability 3. An advantage of the partnership as a form of business organization would be a. Partners do not pay income taxes on their share in partnership income b. A partnership is bound by the act of the partners c. A partnership is created by mere agreements of the partners d. A partnership may be terminated by the death or withdrawal of a partner Suggested answer (c) A partnership is created by mere agreements of the partners 4. When property other than cash is invested in a partnership, at what amount should the noncash property be credited to the contributing partner’s capital account? a. Fair value at the date of contribution b. Contributing partner’s original cost c. Assessed valuation for property tax purposes d. Contributing partner’s tax basis Suggested answer (a) Fair value at the date of contribution 5. Partnership capital and drawings accounts are similar to the corporate a. Paid in capital, retained earnings, and dividends accounts b. Retained earnings account c. Paid in capital and retained earnings accounts d. Preferred and common stock accounts Suggested answer (a) Partnership capital accounts are similar to corporate paid in capital and retained earnings; while partnership drawing accounts are similar to corporate dividends accounts 10. During the first year of their operations, the partnership earned P325,000. Profits were distributed in the agreed manner. Drawings were made in these amounts: Jessyreen, p50,000; Leilani, 65,000; Shamira, P28,00. How much are the capital balances after the first year? a. Jessyreen, capital 750,627 Leilani, capital 735,177 Shamira, capital 372,223 b. Jessyreen, capital 728,764 Leilani, capital 713,764 Shamira, capital 361,382 c. Jessyreen, capital 757,915 Leilani, capital 742,315 Shamira, capital 375, 837 d. Jessyreen, capital 743,121 Leilani, capital 727,825 Shamira, capital 368,501 Suggested answer (b) Capital balances at Jessyreen Leilani Shamira P648764 P648764 P324382 40:40:20 ratio Drawings (50000) (65000) (28000) Share in profit (40:40:20) 130000 130000 65000 Capital balances P728764 P713764 P361382 Chapter 2 Partnership Operation 1. If the partnership agreement does not specify how income is to be allocated, profits and loss should be allocated a. equally b. in proportion to the weighted average of capital invested during the period c. equitably so that partners are compensated for the time and effort expended on behalf of the partnership d. in accordance with their capital contribution Suggested answer (d) 2. Which of the ff. is not a component of the formula used to distribute income? a. salary allocation to those partners working b. after all other allocation, the remainder divided according to the P/L sharing ratio c. interest on the average capital investments d. interest on notes to partners Suggested answer (d) 3. Which of the ff. is not considered a legitimate expense of a partnership? a. interest paid to partners based on the amount of invested capital b. depreciation on assets contributed to the partnership by partners c. salaries for management hired to run the business d. supplies used in the partners’ offices. Suggested answer (a) 4. The fact that salaries paid to partners are not a component of partnership income is indicative of a. a departure from generally accepted accounting principles b. being characteristic of the entity theory c. being characteristic of the proprietary theory d. why partnerships are characterized by unlimited liability Suggested answer (c) 5. A partner who contributes money or property as well as his work or industry to the capital of the partnership is called a. industrial partner b. capitalist partner c. managing partner d. capitalist-industrial partner Suggested answer (d) 6. The ABC partnership reports net income of P60000. If partners A, B, and C have income ratio of 50%, 30%, and 20%, respectively. What is the share of Partner C from the net income of the partnership, if he was given a capital ratio of 25%? a. 30000 b. 12000 c. 18000 d. 15000 Suggested answer (b) 60,000 x20% = 12,000 For question 7-8: In the calendar year 2015, the partnership A and B realized a net profit of P240000. The capital accounts of the partners show the ff. postings: A, capital B, capital Debit Debit Jan. 1 May 1 Credit P120000 P20000 P80000 P10000 July 1 P20000 Aug. 1 Oct. 1 Credit P10000 P10000 P5000 7. If the profits are to be divided based on average capital, the share of A and B, respectively are: a. 129600 110400 b. 144000 96000 c. 136800 103200 d. 136543 103457 Suggested answer (d) A, Capital: Date Balances Jan. 1 120,000 May 1 100,000 Aug. 1 110,000 Oct. 1 100,000 Total Months Unchanged Total 4 3 480,000 300,000 2 220,000 3 300,000 12 1,300,000 Ave. Capital – A = 1,300,000/12 = 108,333 B, Capital: Date Balances Months Unchanged Total Jan. 1 80,000 4 320,000 May 1 70,000 2 140,000 Ju;y 1 90,000 3 270,000 Oct. 1 85,000 Total 3 255,000 12 985,000 Ave. Capital – A = 985,000/12 = 82,083 A 240,000 x (108,333/190,417) 136,543 B 240,000 x (82,083/190,417) 103,457 Total 240,000 9. During 2015, Young and Zinc maintained average capital balances in their partnership of P160000 and P100000, respectively. The partners receive 10% interest on average capital balances, and residual profit or loss is divided equally. Partnership profit before interest was P4000. By what amount should Zinc’s capital account change for the year? a. 1000 decrease b. 2000 increase c. 11000 decrease d. 12000 increase Suggested answer (a) Young Zinc Total 10,000 26,000 10% interest on ave. capital: (10% x 160,000) 16,000 (10% x 100,000) Balance (equally) (11,000) (11,000) (22,000) Total 5,000 (1,000) 4,000 10. Maxwell is trying to decide whether to accept a salary of P40000 or salary of P25000 plus a bonus of 10% of net income after salaries and bonus as a means of allocating profit among partners. Salaries traceable to the other partners are estimated to be P100000. What amount of income would be necessary so that Maxwell would consider choices to be equal? a. 165000 b. 290000 c. 265000 d. 305000 Suggested answer (b) Amount of bonus and salaries (40,000-25,000) 15,000 Net Income after bonus and salaries (15,000/10%) 150,000 Multiply by 110% Net Income before bonus but after salaries 165,000 Add: Salaries (100,000 + 25,000) 125,000 Net Income before bonus & salaries 290,000 Chapter 3 Partnership Dissolution: Changes In Ownership 1. If a new partner acquires a partnership interest directly from the partners rather than from the partnership itself, a. No entry is required b. The partnership assets should be revalued c. The existing partner’s capital accounts should be reduced and the new partner’s account increased d. The partnership has undergone a quasi-reorganization Suggested answer (c) 2. Which of the following results in dissolution of a partnership? a. The contribution of additional assets to the partnership by an existing partner b. The receipt of a draw by an existing partner c. The winding up of the partnership and the distribution of remaining assets to the partners d. The withdrawal of a partner from a partnership Suggested answer (d) 3. When a new partner is admitted to a partnership, an original partner’s capital account may be adjusted for a. A proportionate share of the incoming partner’s investment b. His or her share of previously unrecorded intangible assets traceable to the original partners c. His share of previously unrecorded intangible assets traceable to the incoming partner d. None of the above Suggested answer (b) 4. If goodwill is traceable to the previous partners, it is a. Allocated among the previous partners according to their interest on capital b. Allocated among the previous partners only if there are no other assets to be revalued c. Allocated among the previous partners according to their original profit and loss sharing percentage d. Not possible for goodwill to also be traceable to the incoming partner Suggested answer (c) 5. The goodwill & the bonus methods are two means of adjusting for differences between the net book value and the fair market value of partnership when new partners are admitted. Which of the ff. statements about these methods is correct? a. the bonus method does not revalue assets to market values b. the bonus method revalues assets to market values c. both methods result in the same balances in the partner capital accounts d. both methods result in the same total value of partner capital account, but the individual capital account vary Suggested answer (a) 6. Blau and Rubi are partners who share profits and losses in the ratio of 6:4, respectively. On May 01, 2015, their respective capital accounts were as follows: Blau P60,000 Rubi 50,000 On that date, Lind was admitted as a partner with one-third interest in capital, and profits for an investment of P40,000. The new partnership began with total capital of P150,000. Immediately after Lind’s admission, Blau’s capital should be a. 50,000 b. 54,000 c. 56.667 d. 60,000 Suggested answer (b) 54,000 Contributed capital Agreed capital Increase (Decrease) Old partners P110,000 P100,000 (P10,000) New partner 40,000 50,000 (1/3) 10,000 Total P150,000 P150,000 - Blau’s capital before admission of Lind Less share in bonus to Lind (10000x60%) Blau’s capital after admission of Lind P60,000 6000 P 54,000 7. Partnership A has an existing capital of P70,000. Two partners currently own the partnership and split profits 50/50. A new partner is to be admitted and will contribute net assets with a fair value of P90,000. For no goodwill or bonus (depending on whichever method is used) to be recognized, what is the interest in the partnership granted the new partner? a. 33.33% b. 50.00% c. 56.25% d. 75.00% Suggested answer (c) 56.25% Capital contributed by the new partner 90,000 Divide by total contributions (70,000+90,000) 160,000 New partner’s interest 56.25% 8. Dunn and Grey are partners with capital account balances of P60,000 and P90,000, respectively. They agree to admit Zorn as a partner with one-third interest in capital and profits, for an investment of P100,000, after revaluing the assets of Dunn and Grey. Goodwill to the original partners should be a. 0 b. 33,333 c. 50,000 d. 66,667 Suggested answer (c) 50,000 Contributed capital Agreed capital Increase (Decrease) Old partners P150,000 P200,000 P50,000 New partner 100,000 Total P250,000 100,000 (1/3) P300,000 P50,000 For nos. 9-10 Mitz, Marc, and Mart are partners sharing profits in the ratio of 5:3:2, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, their capital balances were P95,000 for Mitz, P80,000 for Marc, and P60,000 for Mart. On January 1, 2015, the partners admitted Vince as a new partner and according to their agreement, Vince will contribute P80,000 in cash to the partnership and also pay P10,000 for 15% of Marc’s share. Vince will be given a 20% share in profits, while the original partners’ share will be proportionately the same as before. After the admission of Vince, the total capital will be P330,000 and Vince’s capital will be P70,000. 9. The total amount of goodwill to the old partners, upon the admission of Vince would be: a. 7,000 b. 15,000 c. 22,000 d. 37,000 Suggested answer (b) 15,000 Old partners [235,000-(15%x80,000) New partner Contributed capital Agreed capital Increase (Decrease) P223,000 P260,000 P37,000 [80,000+(15%x80,000) Total 92,000 70,000 (22,000) P315,000 P330,000 P15,000 10. The balance of Marc’s capital, after the admission of Vince would be: a. 72,000 b. 74,600 c. 79,100 d. 81,100 Suggested answer (c) 79,100 Marc’s capital before Vince’s admission 80,000 Interest purchased by Vince (15%x80,000) (12,000) Share in goodwill (30%x15,000) 4,500 Share in bonus (30%x22,000) 6,600 Marc’s capital after Vince’s admission 79,100 Chapter 4 Partnership Lump-Sum Liquidation 1. The ff. is the priority sequence in which liquidation proceeds will be distributed for a partnership: A. Partnership drawings, partnership liabilities, partnership loans, partnership capital balances B. Partnership liabilities, partnership loans, partnership capital balances C. Partnership liabilities, partnership loans, partnership drawings, partnership capital balances D. Partnership liabilities, partnership capital balances, partnership loans Suggested answer (b) 2. 3. Which of the ff. statements is correct regarding a partner's capital deficiency? A. Partners who absorb another's capital deficiency have a legal claim against the deficient partner B. The partner should contribute to reduce the debit balance to the extent possible C. If contributions are not possible, the other partners with credit capital balances will be allocated a portion of the debit balance D. All of these statements are correct Suggested answer (d) 4. Claims against partners' personal assets by creditors if the partnership can’t pay its debts refers to A. Liquidation B. Dissolution C. Mutual agency D. Unlimited liability Suggested answer (d) 5. A liquidation differs from a dissolution in that in a liquidation A. Assets may be revalued B. The business will not continue C. There may be an adjustment of partners' capital accounts D. Gains and losses are distributed according to the partnership agreement Suggested answer (b) 6. The following condensed balance sheet is presented for the partnership of Axel, Barr and Cain, who share profits and losses at the rate of 4:3:3, respectively: Cash P100,000 Other Assets 300,000 Total P400,000 Liabilities P150,000 Axel, Capital 40,000 Barr, capital 180,000 Cain, capital 30,000 Total P400,000 The partners agreed to dissolve the partnership after selling the other asset for P200,000. Upon dissolution of the partnership, axel should have received a. 0 b. 40,000 c. 60,000 d. 70,000 Suggested answer (a) Capital Balances before liquidation Loss on realization 4:3:3 (200,000-300,000) Capital Balances after Liquidation P Axel P40,000 40,000 0 Barr P180,000 30,000 P150,000 Cain P30,000 30,000 P 0 7. Peter and John who share profits and losses equally, decided to liquidate their partnership when fair net assets amounted to P260,000, and capital balances of P170,000 and P90,000, respectively. If the noncash assets were sold for an amount equal to its book value, what is amount of cash should Peter and John received? Peter John a. 130,000 130,000 b. 170,000 90,000 c. 180,000 80,000 d. 195,000 65,000 Suggested answer (b) Given that noncash assets were sold for an amount equal to its book value, therefore, no gain or loss was realized from the sale of noncash assets. Thus, the partners will receive an amount equal to their respective capital balances before liquidation. 8. The following condensed balance sheet is presented to the partnership of Smith and Jones who share profits and losses in the ratio of 60:40, respectively: Other Assets 450,000 Smith, Jones 20,000 470,000 Accounts Payable Smith, capital Jones, capital 120,000 195,000 155,000 470,000 Suggested answer (a) Capital Balances Smith, loan (Dr) Smith Jones 195,000 155,000 (20,000) ______ Total Interest Loss on realization (60:40) (450,000-385,000) Cash available for partners 175,000 (39,000) 136,000 155,000 (26,000) 129,000 For Items 9 & 10: As of December 31, the books of AME Partnership showed capital balances of A = 40,000, M = 25,000 and E = 5,000. The partner’s profit and loss ratio was 3:2:1, respectively. The partners decided to dissolve and liquidate. They sold all the non-cash assets for 37,000 cash. After settlement of all liabilities amounting to 12,000, they still have 28,000 cash left for distribution. 9. The loss on the realization of the non-cash assets was a. 40,000 b. 42,000 c. 44,000 d. 45,000 Suggested answer (b) Total capital before liquidation (40,000+25,000+5,000) 70,000 Less: Cash left for distribution 28,000 Loss on realization of the non-cash assets 42,000 10. Assuming that any partner’s capital debit balance is uncollectible, the share of A in the 28,000 cash for distribution would be a. 19,000 b. 18,000 c. 17,800 d. 40,000 Suggested answer (c) Capital balances before Liquidation Loss on Realization Balances Absorption of E (3:2) Cash Payment to A & B A 40,000 (21,000) 19000 (1,200) 17,800 M 25,000 (14,000) 11,000 (800) 10,200 E 5,000 (7,000) (2,000) 2,000 Chapter 5 Partnership Installment Liquidation 1. A partner’s loss absorption balance is calculated by a. dividing the partner’s capital balance by his percentage interest in capital b. multiplying distributable assets by the partner’s profit sharing percentage c. dividing the partner’s total interests by his P/L sharing percentage d. multiplying the partner’s total interests by his P/L sharing percentage Suggested answer (a) 2. 3. In accounting for liquidation of a partnership, cash payments to partners after all outside creditor’s claims have been satisfied. But before final cash distribution, should be according to a. relative P/L sharing ratio b. safe payments computations c. the final balances in partners’ capital accounts d. the relative share of gain or loss on liquidation Suggested answer (b) 4. In a liquidation, the liabilities of the partnership should be paid a. before any sales of assets b. before the distribution of cash to partners c. before the distribution of gains and losses on the disposal of assets d. after a revaluation of assets Suggested answer (b) 5. In a partnership liquidation, the assets of the partnerships shall be applied lastly to a. those owing to outside creditors b. those owing to the partners with respect to their share of the profits c. those owing to the partners with respect to their capital contributions d. those owing to inside creditors in the form of loans or advances for business expense by the partners Suggested answer (b) 6. After incurring losses resulting from very unprofitable operations, the Goh Kong Wei Partnership decided to liquidate when the partners’ capital balances were: Goh, capital (40%) 80,000 Kong, Capital (40%) 130,000 Wei, Capital (20%) 96,000 The noncash assets were sold in installment. Available cash were distributed to partners in every sale of noncash assets. After the second sale of noncash assets, the partners received the same amount of cash in the distribution. And from the 3 rd sale of noncash assets, cash available for distribution amounts to 28,000 and unsold noncash assets has a book value of 12,500. Using cash priority program, what amount did Wei received in the third installment of cash? a. 1,600 b. 3,000 c. 5,600 d. 0 Suggested answer (c) Since there are three partners in the firm, in the third priority of payments, the amount to be received by Wei is 5,600 (28,000 x 20%), because at this point, their loss absorption balances are equal. 8. Partners Almond, Barney and Colors have capital balances of 20,000, 50,000 and 90,000, respectively. They split profits in the ratio of 2:4:4, respectively. Under a safe cash distribution plan, one of the partners will get the following total amount in liquidation before any other partners get anything: a. 0 b. 15,000 c. 40,000 d. 180,000 Suggested answer (c) Almond Barney Colors Total Interest 20,000 50,000 90,000 Divide by P&L 20% 40% Loss absorption balance100,000 125,000 125,000 40% Priority 1 – Colors Balances Priority 2 – Colors & Barney Balances (P&L) 100,000 100,000 125,000 (25,000) 100,000 (100,000) 125,000 (25,000) 100,000 The ABC Partnership has assets with book value of 240,000 and a market value of 195,000, outside liabilities of 70,000, loans payable to Partner Able of 20,000, and capital balances for Partners Able, Baker and Chapman of 70,000, 30,000 and 50,000, respectively. The partners share profits and losses equally. 9. How would the first 100,000 of available assets be distributed? a. 70,000 to outside liabilities, 20,000 to Able and the balance equally among partners b. 70,000 to outside liabilities, and 30,000 to able c. 70,000 to outside liabilities, 25,000 to Able and 5,000 to Chapman d. 40,000 to Able, 20,000 to Chapman and the balance equally among partners Suggested answer (b) Able Baker Chapman Total Interest 90,000 30,000 50,000 Divide by P&L (equally) 1/3 1/3 1/3 Loss absorption balance270,000 90,000 150,000 Priority 1 – Able 120,000 Balance 150,000 90,000 150,000 Priority 2 – Able & Chapman (60,000) (60,000) Balance 90,000 90,000 90,000 Payments by Priority: Priority 1 (120,000 x 1/3) Priority 2 (60,000 x 1/3) Cash 100,000 (70,000) Total Liability Balance30,000 Loan-A (20,000) Balance10,000 Priority 1 (10,000) Total 40,000 20,000 Liability 20,000 Able Baker Chapman 70,000 20,000 70,000 10,000 30,000 10. If all outside creditors and loans to partners had been paid. How would the balance of the assets be distributed assuming Chapman had already received assets with a value of 30,000? a. Each of the partners would receive 25,000 b. Each of the partners would receive 40,000 c. Able: 70,000, Baker: 15,000, Chapman: 20,000 d. Able: 55,000, Baker: 15,000, Chapman: 5,000 Suggested answer (d) Able Baker Chapman Total Interest (excluding loan) 70,000 30,000 50,000 Divide by P&L (equally) 1/3 1/3 1/3 Loss absorption balance 210,000 90,000 150,000 Priority 1 – Able (60,000)________________________ Balance 150,000 90,000 150,000 Priority 2 – Able & Chapman (60,000) (60,000) Balance 90,000 90,000 90,000 Priority 3 – P&L Payments by priority: Priority 1 (60,000 x 1/3) Priority 2 (60,000 x 1/3) 20,000 20,000 Cash MV of Assets 195,000 Liabilities (70,000) Able, Loan (20,000) Balance 105,000 Priority 1 (20,000) Balance 85,000 Priority 2 (40,000) Balance 45,000 Priority 3 (45,000) Total Less: Asset taken by Chapman Balance Chapter 6 Corporate Liquidation 1. Which of the ff. best illustrates the insolvency of a firm? a. the filing of bankruptcy proceedings against the firm b. a deficit in the firm’s retained earnings 20,000 Able Baker Chapman 20,000 20,000 15,000 55,000 20,000 15,000 15,000 15,000 30,000 5,000 c. the firm has more liabilities than assets d. the firm has negative working capital Suggested answer (c) 2. if the value of the pledged property is lesser than the obligation, what is the treatment of the liability? a. partially secured b. fully secured c. collateralized d. unsecured Suggested answer (a) 3. The primary difference between a balance sheet and an accounting statement of affairs is that: a. a balance sheet reflects book values, while a statement of affairs emphasizes realization values b. assets are arranged in a different sequence c. liabilities are arranged in a different sequence d. owner’s equity is not considered in the statement of affairs Suggested answer (a) 4. An accounting statement of affairs of a corporation in financial difficulty indicates that unsecured creditors would receive P0.40 on the peso. Which one of the ff. assets is most likely to realize the smallest percentage of its book value? a. accounts receivable b. inventories c. plant and equipment d. goodwill Suggested answer (d) 5. An arrangement for creditors to accept an amount less than the amount owed to them is referred to as a a. charge and discharge agreement b. composition agreement c. bankruptcy agreement d. chandler agreement Suggested answer (b) 6. Seco Corp. was forced into bankruptcy and is in the process of liquidating assets and paying claims. Unsecured claims will be paid at the rate of P0.40 on the peso. Hale holds a P33,000 noninterest bearing note receivable from Seco collateralized by an asset with a book value of P35,000 and a liquidation value of P5,000. The amount to be realized by Hale on this note is a. 5,000 b. 12,000 c. 15,000 d. 17,000 Suggested answer (b) 15,000 Cash received in full as a secured creditor P5,000 Cash received as unsecured creditor 10,000 [(30,000-5,000)x0.40] Total amount realized from the note P15,000 7. Kent Co. filed a voluntary bankruptcy petition on August 15, 2014, and the statement of affairs reflected the ff. accounts: Assets Book Value Estimated Current Value Assets pledged with fully secured creditors P300,000 P370,000 Assets pledged with partially secured creditors Free assets 180,000 120,000 420,000 320,000 P900,000 P810,000 Liabilities Liabilities with priority P70,000 Fully secured creditors 260,000 Partially secured creditors 200,000 Unsecured creditors 540,000 P1,070,000 Assume that the assets are converted to cash at the estimated current values and the business is liquidated. What amount of cash will be available to pay unsecured non-priority claims? a. 240,000 b. 280,000 c. 320,000 d. 360,000 Suggested answer (d) 360,000 Estimated current value of assets pledged P370,000 with fully secured creditors Add estimated current value of free assets 320,000 Less liabilities: Fully secured creditors P260,000 With priority 70,000 Total cash available for unsecured claims (330,000) P360,000 For items 8-10 In 2014, Camel Corp. was forced into bankruptcy and begun to liquidate. The ff. selected account balances were taken from its statement of affairs: Assets pledged with partially Book Value Estimated Current Value P80,000 P50,000 P220,000 P160,000 Book Value Estimated Current Value P160,000 P0 secured creditors Total free assets Preferred claims Partially secured liabilities 75,000 25,000 Unsecured liabilities 155,000 155,000 8. What is the total amount available for payment of claims of unsecured creditors? a. 0 b. 144,000 c. 160,000 d. 210,000 Suggested answer (b) 144,000 Estimated current value of free assets Less preferred claims P160,000 (16,000) Total amount available to unsecured creditors P144,000 9. What is the estimated amount of liquidating dividend per peso claim (rounded to the nearest centavo)? a. 0.80 b. 0.88 c. 1.03 d. 1.17 Suggested answer (a) 0.80 Estimated current value of free assets Less preferred claims P160,000 (16,000) Total amount available to unsecured creditors P144,000 Divide by total unsecured liabilities 180,000 (155,000+25,000) Estimated liquidating dividend per peso claim P0.80 10. What is the amount of deficiency to creditors? a. 180,000 b. 160,000 c. 144,000 d. 36,000 Suggested answer (d) 36,000 Total amount available to unsecured creditors Less total unsecured liabilities Deficiency to creditors P144,000 180,000 P36,000 Gabiosa, Mar Sean Jan Tribunalo, Ryan James Chapter Questions Theories 1-5; Problems-6-10 Chapter 1 Partnership Formation 1. A partner who is entitled to a share of the profits from a partnership is known as: a) A salaried partner. b) A managing partner. c) An equity partner. d) A limited liability partner. Answer: An equity partner. A partner on a fixed salary is known as a salaried partner. 2. The maximum number of persons who are legally allowed to operate in a partnership is: a) 2 b) 20 c) There is no legal limit d) 100 Answer: There is no legal limit 3. Sparkle Ltd is a private limited company limited by shares. It has one director. How many shareholders does the law require it to maintain? a) One provided it is a different person from the director. b) Five. c) Two. d) One which can be the same person as the director. Answer: One which can be the same person as the director. The law allows private limited companies to exist with one shareholder who is the same person as the director. 4. Which one of the following statements about limited liability partnerships (LLPs) is incorrect? a) An LLP has a legal personality separate from that of its members. b) The liability of each partner in an LLP is limited. c) Members of an LLP are taxed as partners. d) A limited company can convert to an LLP. Answer: A limited company can convert to an LLP. A general partnership can convert to an LLP but a limited company cannot. 5. An organisation running a business has the following attributes: the assets belong to the organisation, it can create a floating charge over its assets, change in membership does not alter its existence, and members cannot transfer their interests to others. What type of organisation is it? a) A private limited company b) A limited liability partnership c) A general partnerships d) A private limited company Answer: A limited liability partnership. In the question the attributes of the organisation are the same for LLPs as companies except members of a company (private and public) can transfer their interests to others. 6. Roberts and Smith drafted a partnership agreement that lists the following assets contributed at the partnership’s formation: Contributed by Roberts Smith Cash $20,000 $30,000 Inventory -15,000 Building -40,000 Furniture & equipment 15,000 -The building is subject to a mortgage of $10,000, which the partnership has assumed. The partnership agreement also specifies that profits and losses are to be distributed evenly. What amounts should be recorded as capital for Roberts and Smith at the formation of the partnership? Roberts Smith a. $35,000 $85,000 b. $35,000 $75,000 c. $55,000 $55,000 d. $60,000 $60,000 Answer: (b) The requirement is to determine the amounts to be recorded as capital for Roberts and Smith at the formation of the partnership. Unless otherwise agreed upon by the partners, individual capital accounts should be credited for the fair market value (on the date of contribution) of the net assets contributed by that partner. It is necessary to assume that the amounts listed are fair market values. The amount of net assets that Roberts contributed is $35,000 ($20,000 + $15,000). The fair market value of the net assets Smith contributed is $75,000 ($30,000 + $15,000 + $40,000 – $10,000). The partners’ profit and loss sharing ratio does not affect the initial recording of the capital accounts. 7. On April 30, year 1, Algee, Belger, and Ceda formed a partnership by combining their separate business proprietorships. Algee contributed cash of $50,000. Belger contributed property with a $36,000 carrying amount, a $40,000 original cost, and $80,000 fair value. The partnership accepted responsibility for the $35,000 mortgage attached to the property. Ceda contributed equipment with a $30,000 carrying amount, a $75,000 original cost, and $55,000 fair value. The partnership agreement specifies that profits and losses are to be shared equally but is silent regarding capital contributions. Which partner has the largest April 30, year 1 capital account balance? a. Algee. b. Belger. c. Ceda. d. All capital account balances are equal. Answer: (c) The requirement is to determine which partner has the largest capital account balance. Use the solutions approach to solve the problem. Algee Belger Ceda Partner contribution 50,000 80,000 55,000 Less: Liabilities assumed by the partnership 0 (35,000) 0 Ending capital balance $50,000 $45,000 $55,000 Each partner values his contribution to the partnership at its fair market value. The fair market value becomes the partner’s balance in his capital account and is basis to the partnership under generally accepted accounting principles. Any liabilities assumed by the partnership, reduces the partners’ capital balance by the amount assumed. 8. Abel and Carr formed a partnership and agreed to divide initial capital equally, even though Abel contributed $100,000 and Carr contributed $84,000 in identifiable assets. Under the bonus approach to adjust the capital accounts, Carr’s unidentifiable asset should be debited for a. $46,000 b. $16,000 c. $ 8,000 d. $0 Answer: (d) Under the bonus method, unidentifiable assets (i.e., goodwill) are not recognized. The total resulting capital is the FV of the tangible investments of the partners. Thus, there would be no unidentifiable assets recognized by the creation of this new partnership. 9. Ellis and Nossiter are partners sharing profits in a 30:70 ratio. The following data summarizes 2004 activity: Partnership net income, 2004 $68,000 Ellis capital, 1/1/2004 Ellis additional investment in 2004 Ellis drawings in 2004 Nossiter capital, 1/1/2004 Nossiter drawings in 2004 90,000 10,000 12,000 80,000 20,000 What amount of net income is allocated to Nossiter’s capital account for 2004? a. $26,600 b. $27,600 c. $34,000 d. $47,600 Answer: (d) (68,000×.7) Chapter 2: Partnership Operations 1. The Flat and Iron partnership agreement provides for Flat to receive a 20% bonus on profits before the bonus. Remaining profits and losses are divided between Flat and Iron in the ratio of 2:3, respectively. Which partner has a greater advantage when the partnership has a profit or when it has a loss? Profit Loss a. Flat Iron b. Flat Flat c. Iron Flat d. Iron Iron Answer: (b) In both the case of a profit or a loss, Flat will have a greater advantage. When there is a profit, Flat will obtain a 20% bonus on profits before the bonus, and also take 40% of the profit after the bonus. Iron on the other hand, will only receive 60% of the profit after the bonus. In the case of a loss, it can easily be seen that since Flat has a smaller percentage share in the loss that he has a greater advantage. 2. Partners C and K share profits and losses equally after each has been credited in all circumstances with annual salary allowances of $15,000 and $12,000, respectively. Under this arrangement, C will benefit by $3,000 more than K in which of the following circumstances? a. b. c. d. Only if the partnership has earnings of $27,000 or more for the year. Only if the partnership does not incur a loss for the year. In all earnings or loss situations. Only if the partnership has earnings of at least $3,000 for the year. Answer: (c) Partners C and K are always credited or charged with the same amount of profit and loss, and C’s salary is always $3,00 greater than K’s. Therefore, C will benefit $3,000 more than K in all earnings or loss situations. 3. The Low and Rhu partnership agreement provides special compensation to Low for managing the business. Low receives a bonus of 15% of partnership net income before salary and bonus, and also receives a salary of $45,000. Any remaining profit or loss is to be allocated equally. During 20xx, the partnership had a net income of $50,000 before the bonus and salary allowance. As a result of these distributions, Rhu’s equity in the partnership would a. b. c. d. Increase Not change Decrease the same as Low’s Decrease Answer: (d) Low’s 15% bonus and salary exceed the partnership net income, resulting in a $2,500 “loss” to be distributed equally to Low and Rhu. 4. In a partnership agreement, allocation of profits and losses includes salary allocation, a bonus and interest on capital, with any remainder to be allocated by preset ratio. If the partnership incurred a loss in the period, which of these procedures would be applied? a. b. c. d. Salary allocation would not be used. Loss would be allocated to partners equally. Bonus criteria would not be used. Interest allocation is based on beginning capital. Answer: (c) 5. Which of the following capital balance for interest computation is less altered upon calculation of profits and losses to partners? a. Weighted average capital balance b. Ending capital balance c. Beginning capital balance d. Invested capital Answer: (a) 6. Red and White formed a partnership in year 1. The partnership agreement provides for annual salary allowances of $55,000 for Red and $45,000 for White. The partners share profits equally and losses in a 60/40 ratio. The partnership had earnings of $80,000 for year 1 before any allowance to partners. What amount of these earnings should be credited to each partner’s capital account? a. b. c. d. Red $40,000 $43,000 $44,000 $45,000 White $40,000 $37,000 $36,000 $35,000 Answer: (b) Red Profit before allowance Salary allowances Loss after allowances (60/40) Earnings credited to partners $55,000 (12,000) $43,000 White $45,000 (8,000) $37,000 Total $ 80,000 (100,000) (20,000) $80,000 7. Fox, Greg, and Howe are partners with average capital balances during year 1 of $120,000, $60,000, and $40,000, respectively. Partners receive 10% interest on their average capital balances. After deducting salaries of $30,000 to Fox and $20,000 to Howe, the residual profit or loss is divided equally. In year 1 the partnership sustained a $33,000 loss before interest and salaries to partners. By what amount should Fox’s capital account change? a. $ 7,000 increase. b. $11,000 decrease. c. $35,000 decrease. d. $42,000 increase. Answer: (a) Fox Interest allowance(10% of avg. cap. balances) Salaries Residual* ($105,000 ÷ 3) Increase (decrease)in cap. account $12,000 30,000 (35,000) $ 7,000 Greg Howe $6,000 $4,000 20,000 (35,000) $(11,000) (35,000) $(29,000) 8. The partnership agreement of Axel, Berg & Cobb provides for the year-end allocation of net income in the following order: First, Axel is to receive 10% of net income up to $100,000 and 20% over $100,000. Second, Berg and Cobb each are to receive 5% of the remaining income over $150,000. The balance of income is to be allocated equally among the three partners. The partnership’s year 1 net income was $250,000 before any allocations to partners. What amount should be allocated to Axel? a. $101,000 b. $103,000 c. $108,000 d. $110,000 Answer: (c) Step 1. Axel: 10% of first $100,000, 20% over $100,000 Axel Berg Cobb $3,000 $3,000 68,000 68,000 68,000 $108,000 $71,000 $71,000 $10,000 30,000 2. Berg & Cobb: 5% of remaining income over $150,000 [($250,000 –$10,000 – $30,000 –$150,000) × .05] 3. Remaining allocated equally: [($250,000 – $10,000 – $30,000 – $3,000 – $3,000) × 1/3] Totals 9. The partnership agreement of Reid and Simm provides thatinterest at 10% per year is to be credited to each partner on the basis of weighted-average capital balances. A summary of Simm’s capital account for the year ended December 31, year 1, is as follows: Balance, January 1 Additional investment, July 1 Withdrawal, August 1 Balance, December 31 $140,000 40,000 15,000 165,000 What amount of interest should be credited to Simm’s capital account for year 1? a. $15,250 b. $15,375 c. $16,500 d. $17,250 Answer: (b) Simm’s weighted-average capital balance for year 1 is as follows: Capital bal. 140,000 180,000 165,000 × × × × # of months/12 6/12 1/12 5/12 = = = = Weighted-avg. $ 70,000 15,000 68,750 $153,750 The problem states that interest of 10% per year is to be credited to each partner’s capital account, and 10% of Simm’s weighted average capital balance of $153,750 is $15,375. Chapter 3: Partnership Dissolution 1. In the Adel-Brick partnership, Adel and Brick had a capital ratio of 3:1 and a profit and loss ratio of 2:1, respectively. The bonus method was used to record Colter’s admittance as a new partner. What ratio would be used to allocate, to Adel and Brick, the excess of Colter’s contribution over the amount credited to Colter’s capital account? a. Adel and Brick’s new relative capital ratio. b. Adel and Brick’s new relative profit and loss ratio. c. Adel and Brick’s old capital ratio. d. Adel and Brick’s old profit and loss ratio. Answer: (d) The bonus method implies that the old partners either received a bonus from the new partner, or they paid a bonus to the new partner. In this case, Colter, the new partner, contributed an amount in excess of the amount credited to Colter’s capital account. Accordingly, the excess should be treated as a bonus to Adel and Brick. This bonus should be treated as an adjustment to the old partners’ capital accounts and should be allocated by using Adel and Brick’s old profit and loss ratio. 2. When Mill retired from the partnership of Mill, Yale, and Lear, the final settlement of Mill’s interest exceeded Mill’s capital balance. Under the bonus method, the excess a. Was recorded as goodwill. b. Was recorded as an expense. c. Reduced the capital balances of Yale and Lear. d. Had no effect on the capital balances of Yale and Lear. Answer: (c) Under the bonus method, adjustments are made only among partner’s capital accounts (no goodwill is recorded on the partnership books). Since Mill’s partnership interest exceeded the amount of Mill’s capital balance, the excess interest would reduce the capital balances of Yale and Lear. Only under the goodwill method can the excess interest be recorded as goodwill. Under no circumstances should the excess partnership interest be recorded as an expense. 3. Pat, Helma and Diane are partners with capital balances of $50,000 $30,000, and $20,000, respectively. The partners share profits and losses equally. For an investment of $50,000 cash, MaryAnn is to be admitted as a partner with a one-fourth interest in capital and profits. Based on this information, the amount of MaryAnn’s investment can best be justified by which of the following? a. MaryAnn will receive a bonus from the other partners upon her admission to the partnership. b. Assets of the partnership were overhauled immediately prior to MaryAnn’s investment. c. The book value of the partnership’s net assets was less than their fair value immediately prior to MaryAnn’s investment. d. MaryAnn is apparently bringing goodwill into the partnership and her capital account will be credited for the appropriate amount. Answer: (c) Total capital after admittance of new partner $150,000 X 1/4 = $37,500 Investment for 1/4 interest = $50,000 $150,000 MaryAnn paid $50,000 for assets with a net book value of $37,500. Therefore, the book value of the partnership’s net assets must have been less than theirs fair value at the time of her admittance. 4. When Mill retired from the partnership of Mill, Yale and Lear, the final settlement of Mill’s interest exceed Mill’s capital balance. Under the bonus method, the excess a. b. c. d. Was recorded as goodwill. Was recorded as an expense. Reduced the capital balances of Yale and Lear. Had no effect on the capital balances of Yale and Lear. Answer: (c) Under the bonus method, distributions to retiring partners in excess of their capital balance are charged against the other partner’s capital accounts in proportion to their profit and loss ratio. 5. Kern and Pate are partners with capital balances of $60,000 and $20,000, respectively. Profits and losses are divided in the ratio of 60:40. Kern and Pate decided to form a new partnership with Grant, who invested land valued at $15,000 for a 20% capital interest in the new partnership. Grant’s cost of the land was $12,000. The partnership elected to use the bonus method to record the admission of Grant into the partnership. Grant’s capital account should be credited for a. $12,000 b. $15,000 c. $16,000 d. $19,000 Answer: (d) The requirement is to determine the balance in the new partner’s capital account after admission using the bonus method. In this case, Grant is investing land with a FV of $15,000 for a 1/5 interest in the new total capital of $95,000. Using the bonus method, the new capital $95,000 equals the total of the old capital plus Grant’s investment ($60,000 + $20,000 + $15,000). Thus, a bonus of $4,000 is being credited to Grant’s capital account because his interest (1/5 of $95,000, or $19,000) exceeds his investment ($15,000). The bonus to the new partner is charged to the old partners’ capital accounts in their profit and loss ratios. 6. The following condensed balance sheet is presented for the partnership of Alfa and Beda, who share profits and losses in the ratio of 60:40, respectively: Cash Other assets Accounts payable Beda, loan Alfa, capital Beda, capital $ 45,000 625,000 120,000 30,000 348,000 232,000 The assets and liabilities are fairly valued on the balance sheet. Alfa and Beda decide to admit Capp as a new partner with 20% interest. No goodwill or bonus is to be recorded. What amount should Capp contribute in cash or other assets? a. $110,000 b. $116,000 c. $140,000 d. $145,000 Answer: (d) If no goodwill or bonus is to be recorded, the formula to determine the necessary contribution is to divide the old partner’s capital ($580,000) by their interest after the new partner’s admission. The result is the total capital after admission ($580,000 ÷ 80% = $725,000). To compute the new partner’s contribution, the old partners’ capital can be subtracted from total capital ($725,000 – $580,000 = $145,000), or total capital can be multiplied by 20%. (20% × $725,000 = $145,000) 7. Jay & Kay partnership’s balance sheet at December 31, year 1, reported the following: Total assets $100,000 Total liabilities 20,000 Jay, capital 40,000 Kay, capital 40,000 On January 2, year 2, Jay and Kay dissolved their partnership and transferred all assets and liabilities to a newly formed corporation. At the date of incorporation, the fair value of the net assets was $12,000 more than the carrying amount on the partnership’s books, of which $7,000 was assigned to tangible assets and $5,000 was assigned to goodwill. Jay and Kay were each issued 5,000 shares of the corporation’s $1 par value common stock. Immediately following incorporation, additional paid-in capital in excess of par should be credited for a. $68,000 b. $70,000 c. $77,000 d. $82,000 Answer: (d) When a partnership incorporates, assets and liabilities must be revalued to their fair market values on the date of incorporation. In this case, the net assets have a fair market value of $92,000 ($80,000 + $12,000) and the amount to be credited to Additional Paid-in Capital is $82,000 ($92,000 – $10,000 par value). 8. On June 30, year 1, the balance sheet for the partnership of Coll, Maduro, and Prieto, together with their respective profit and loss ratios, were as follows: Assets, at cost $180,000 Coll, loan $ 9,000 Coll, capital (20%) 42,000 Maduro, capital (20%) 39,000 Prieto, capital (60%) 90,000 Total $180,000 Coll has decided to retire from the partnership. By mutual agreement, the assets are to be adjusted to their fair value of $216,000 at June 30, year 1. It was agreed that the partnership would pay Coll $61,200 cash for Coll’s partnership interest, including Coll’s loan which is to be repaid in full. No goodwill is to be recorded. After Coll’s retirement, what is the balance of Maduro’s capital account? a. $36,450 b. $39,000 c. $45,450 d. $46,200 Answer: (c) The requirement is to determine the balance in Maduro’s capital account after Coll’s retirement. When a partner withdraws from a partnership a determination of the fair value of the entity must be made. Since it is stated in the problem that the withdrawing partner is selling his interest to the partnership and that no goodwill is to be recorded, the bonus method must be employed after restatement of assets to FV. The capital accounts after restatement to FV would be Coll [$42,000 + 20%($216,000 – $180,000)] = $ 49,200 Maduro [$39,000 + 20%($216,000 – $180,000)] = $ 46,200 Prieto [$90,000 + 60%($216,000 – $180,000)] = $111,600 The bonus paid to Coll is the difference between the cash paid to him for his partnership interest and the balance of that interest plus his loan balance. Bonus = [$61,200 – ($49,200 + $9,000)] = $3,000 Maduro’s capital account would be reduced by his proportionate share of the bonus, based on the profit and loss ratio of the remaining partners [20%/(20% + 60%) = 25%]. Maduro’s capital [$46,200 – 25% ($3,000)] = $45,450 Chapter 4: Partnership Lump-sum Liquidation 1. Which of the following procedures is acceptable when accounting for a deficit balance in a partner’s capital account during partnership liquidation? a. A partner with a negative capital balance must contribute personal assets to the partnership that are sufficient to bring the capital account to zero. b. If a partner with a negative capital balance is personally insolvent, the negative capital balance may be absorbed by those partners having a positive capital balance according to the residual profit and loss sharing ratios that apply to all the partners. c. If a partner with a negative capital balance is personally insolvent, the negative capital balance may be absorbed by those partners having a positive capital balance according to the residual profit and loss sharing ratios that apply to those partners having positive balances. d. All the above procedures are acceptable. Answer: (c) 2. Under the rule of offset, what is the proper disposition of a partnership loan that was made from a partner who has a debit balance? a. The loan is first paid to the debtor partner before cash payments are made to partners. b. The loan is written off as a partnership loss if the partner does not have the cash to cover the debit balance. c. The loan is charged off to the capital accounts of all the partners in their profit and loss sharing ratios. d. The loan is charged off to the capital account of the debtor partner. Answer: (b) 3. The rank order is for claims against a bankrupt partner of I. Those owing to partners by way of contribution II. Those owing to separate creditors III. Those owing to partnership creditors a. b. c. d. II first; I second and III third. III first; II second and I third. I first; III second and II third. II first; III second and I third. Answer: (d) 4. Which statement is correct in describing the rank order of payments as specified by the Uniform Partnership Act? a. Payments to partners with loans to the partnership are ranked equally with payments to other creditors. b. Payments to partners with loans to the partnership are ranked ahead of payments to partners without loans to the partnership. c. Payments to other creditors are ranked ahead of payments to partners with loans to the partnership. d. After payments are made to other creditors and partners with loans to the partnership, payment can be made to partners with capital interests. Answer: (c) 5. A partnership in liquidation has converted all assets into cash and paid all liabilities. According to the Uniform Partnership Act, the order of payment a. will have amounts due to partners with respect to their capital accounts take precedence over amounts owed by partners other than for capital and profits. b. will be according to the partners’ residual profit and loss sharing ratios. c. will have amounts owed by partners other than for capital and profits take precedence over amounts due to partners with respect to their capital accounts. d. Will be by any manner that is both reasonable and rational for the partnership. Answer: (c) 6. The following condensed balance sheet is presented for the partnership of Smith and Jones, who share profits and losses in the ratio of 60:40, respectively: Other assets Smith, loan Accounts payable Smith, capital Jones, capital $450,000 20,000 $470,000 $120,000 195,000 155,000 $470,000 The partners have decided to liquidate the partnership. If the other assets are sold for $385,000, what amount of the available cash should be distributed to Smith? a. $136,000 b. $156,000 c. $159,000 d. $195,000 Answer: (a) Capital (credit) Loan (debit) Net balances Loss on sale of other assets (450 – 385) Cash available for partners Smith $195,000 (20,000) $175,000 Jones $155,000 $155,000 Total $350,000 (20,000) $330,000 39,000 $136,000 26,000 $129,000 (65,000) $265,000 7. The following condensed balance sheet is presented for the partnership of Alfa and Beda, who share profits and losses in the ratio of 60:40, respectively: Cash $ 45,000 Other assets 625,000 Accounts payable 120,000 Beda, loan 30,000 Alfa, capital 348,000 Beda, capital 232,000 Alfa and Beda decide to liquidate the partnership. If the other assets are sold for $500,000, what amount of the available cash should be distributed to Alfa? a. $255,000 b. $273,000 c. $327,000 d. $348,000 Answer: (b) To determine the amount of cash distributed during liquidation, the solutions approach is to prepare an abbreviated statement of partnership liquidation. In a partnership liquidation, cash is distributed based on the capital balances of the partners after adjusting them for any income (loss) to the date of liquidation and any loans or advances between the partners and the partnership. The abbreviated statement follows: Alfa Beg. capital balance Adj. for loans Adj. for loss on sale of assets* (60-40) Adj. capital balance * ($500,000 – $625,000) $348,000 Beda Total $232,000 (30,000) $580,000 (30,000) (75,000) (50,000) (125,000) $273,000 $152,000 $425,000 Note that the total cash available also equals $425,000. Beginning cash Proceeds from sale Payment of AP $ 45,000 500,000 (120,000) $425,000 8. Jade, Kahl, and Lane are in the process of liquidating their partnership. Lane has agreed to accept the inventory, which has a fair value of $60,000, as part of her settlement. A balance sheet and the residual profit and loss sharing percentages are as follows: Cash Inventory Plant Assets Total Assets $198,000 80,000 230,000 $508,000 Accounts payable Jade, Capital Kahl, Capital Total Liabilities and Equity If the partners then distribute the available cash, Lane will receive a. b. c. d. $23,000 $29,000 $30,000 $34,000 $149,000 79,000 140,000 $508,000 Answer: (a) Jade Equities $ 79,000 Distribute inventory to Lane and: recognize $20,000 loss Kahl Lane $140,000 $140,000 (8,000) (8,000) (60,000) (4,000) Possible losses on plant (92,000) (92,000) (46,000) Subtotal $(21,000) $40,000 $30,000 Eliminate Jade’s debit balance to Kahl & Lane Balance 21,000 $0 (14,000) (7,000) $26,000 $23,000 Use the following information for questions 9 and 10. On June 30, 2015, the Warle, Xin, and Yates partnership had the following fiscal year-end balance sheet: Cash $ 4,000 Accounts receivable 6,000 Accounts payable Loan from Xin $ 7,000 5,000 Inventory 14,000 Warle, capital(20%) 14,000 Plant assets-net 12,000 Xin, capital(30%) 10,000 Loan to Warle 6,000 Total assets $ 42,000 Yates, capital(50%) Total liab./equity 6,000 $ 42,000 The percentages shown are the residual profit and loss sharing ratios. The partners dissolved the partnership on July 1, 2015 and began the liquidation process. During July the following events occurred: Receivables of $3,000 were collected. The inventory was sold for $4,000. All available cash was distributed on July 31, except for $2,000 that was set aside for contingent expenses. 9. The book value of the partnership equity (i.e., total equity of the partners) on June 30, 2015 is a. $60,000. b. $29,000. c. $30,000. d. $42,000. Answer: (b) $14,000 (Warle capital) + $10,000 (Xin capital) +$6,000 (Yates capital) + $5,000 (Loan from Xin) $6,000 (Loan to Warle) 10. The cash available for distribution to the partners on July 31, 2006 is a. $ 2,000. b. $ 4,000. c. $ 7,000. d. $11,000. Answer: (a) $4,000 (beginning balance) + $3,000 (cash collected) + $4,000 (for inventory sold) - $7,000 (of accounts payable) - $2,000 (for expenses) Chapter 5 Installment Liquidation 1. Under the rule of offset, what is the proper disposition of a partnership loan that was made from a partner who has a debit balance? a. The loan is first paid to the debtor partner before cash payments are made to partners. b. The loan is written off as a partnership loss if the partner does not have the cash to cover the debit balance. c. The loan is charged off to the capital accounts of all the partners in their profit and loss sharing ratios. d. The loan is charged off to the capital account of the debtor partner. Answer: (b) The loan is written off as a partnership loss if the partner does not have the cash to cover the debit balance. 2. In partnership liquidations, what are safe payments? a. The amounts of distributions that can be made to the partners, after all creditors have been paid in full. b. The amounts of distributions that can be made to the partners with assurance that such amounts will not have to be returned to the partnership. c. The amounts of distributions that can be made to the partners, after all non-cash assets have been adjusted to fair market value. d. All the above are examples of the safe payments concept. Answer: (b) The amounts of distributions that can be made to the partners with assurance that such amounts will not have to be returned to the partnership. 3. If all partners are included in the first installment of an installment liquidation, then in future installments a. cash will be distributed according to the residual profit and loss sharing ratio. b. cash should not be distributed until all non-cash assets are converted into cash. c. a safe payments schedule must be prepared before each cash distribution to avoid excessive payments to partners. d. a cash distribution plan must be prepared so that partners will know when they will be included in cash distributions. Answer: a cash will be distributed according to the residual profit and loss sharing ratio. 5. Which partner is considered the most vulnerable as a result of a computation of vulnerability rankings? a. The partner with the lowest vulnerability ranking, who also has the lowest loss absorption potential. b. The partner with the lowest vulnerability ranking, who also has the highest loss absorption potential. c. The partner with the highest vulnerability ratio, who also has the lowest loss absorption potential. d. The partner with the highest vulnerability ranking, who also has the highest loss absorption potential. Answer: (a) The partner with the lowest vulnerability ranking, who also has the lowest loss absorption potential. 6. After realization of a portion of the noncash assets of Saul, Tapp & Uris LLP, which is being liquidated, the capital account balances were Saul, $35,000; Tapp, $40,000; and Uris, $43,000. Cash of $42,000 and other assets with a carrying amount of $78,000 were on hand. Creditors’ claims totaled $2,000. The partners shared net income and losses equally. The cash that may be paid to Uris at this time is: A) B) C) D) E) $43,000 $17,000 $14,000 $13,333 Some other amount Answer: (b) ($43,000 - $26,000 = $17,000) 8. Which partner is most vulnerable to losses? a. Luis b. Mac c. Nel d. Oma Answer: (c) Loss absorption potential: Luis Mac Nel Oma Partners’ Equity $ 20,000 9,000 7,000 4,000 Profit and Loss Ratio 40% 25% 25% 10% $ $ $ $ Loss Absorption Potential 50,000 36,000 28,000 40,000 Vulnerability Ranking 4 2 1 3 9. Which among the partners has the first priority of payment after all creditors is paid. a. Luis b. Nel c. Oma d. Mac Answer: (a) Cash distribution plan: First $44,000 pays the priority creditors; Next $4,000 goes to Luis; Next $2,000 goes $1,600 to Luis, and $400 to Oma; Next $6,000 goes $3,200 to Luis, $2,000 to Mac, and $800 to Oma; Remainder goes 40% to Luis, 25% to Mac, 25% to Nel, and 10% to Oma. 10. A cash distribution plan for the Upton, Valenta, and Walker partnership was as follows: First $100,000 Next $180,000 Next $270,000 Remainder Priority Creditors 100% Upton Valenta Walker 44% 2/9 11% 10% 1/9 44% 46% 2/3 45% If $700,000 of cash was distributed by the partnership, how much was received respectively by the priority creditors, Upton, Valenta, and Walker? a. 100,000; 155,700; 115,000; 333,000 b. 100,000; 157,500; 114,000; 300,300 c. 100,000; 155,700; 114,000; 330,000 d. 100,000; 155,700; 114,000; 330,300 Answer: (d) First $100,000 Next $180,000 Next $270,000 Last $150,000 Total $700,000 Priority Creditors $ 100,000 $ 100,000 Upton Valenta Walker $79,200 60,000 16,500 $155,700 $18,000 30,000 66,000 $114,000 $82,800 180,000 67,500 $330,300 Chapter 6 Corporate Liquidation 1. Bankruptcy reorganizations are used by management to: a. forestall the inevitable liquidation in all cases. b. provide time to turn the business around. c. allow the courts time to set up an administrative structure. d. All of the above. e. None of the above. Answer: b 2. The difference between liquidation and reorganization is: a. reorganization terminates all operations of the firm and liquidation only terminates non-profitable operations. b. liquidation terminates only profitable operations and reorganization terminates only non-profitable operations. c. liquidation terminates all operations and reorganization maintains the option of the firm going concern. d. liquidation only deals with current assets and reorganization only consolidates debt. e. None of the above. Answer: c 3. What is the absolute priority rule of the following claims once a corporation is determined to be bankrupt? a. administrative expenses, wages claims, government tax claims, debtholder and then equityholder claims b. administrative expenses, wages claims, government tax claims, equityholder and then debtholder claims c. wage claims, administrative expenses, debtholder claims, government tax claims and equityholder claims d. wage claims, administrative expenses, debtholder claims, equityholder claims and government tax claims e. None of the above. Answer: a 4. Equityholders may prefer a formal bankruptcy filing because: a. the firm can issue debtor in possession debt. b. they can delay pre-bankruptcy interest payments. c. the lack of information about the length and magnitude of the cash flow problem favors equityholders. d. All of the above. e. None of the above. Answer: d 5. The net payoff to creditors in formal bankruptcy may be low in present value terms because: a. the financial structure may be complicated with several groups and types of creditors. b. indirect costs of bankruptcy may have been costly in lost revenues and poor maintenance. c. administrative costs are high and increase with the complexity and length of time in the formal bankruptcy process. d. All of the above. e. None of the above. Answer: d 6. Brook Corporation has filed for bankruptcy. Of the following debts Brook owes, indicate their priorities from the highest to the lowest. I. Federal taxes unpaid for the previous year. II. Wages of $3,000 owed to employees. III. Balance of $5,000 owed to a creditor that had a security interest. This creditor got paid fully by selling off the collateral except for this $5,000 deficiency. a. I, II, III. b. I, III, II. c. II, I, III. d. III, I, II. Answer: (c) Of those listed, wages of the bankrupt’s employees receive the highest priority for up to a specified formula. Federal taxes have a low priority but are ahead of general creditors. Any deficiency for secured creditors after the collateral is sold is paid along with the general creditors. 7. On August 1, Hall filed a voluntary petition under Chapter 7 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code. Hall’s assets are sufficient to pay general creditors 40% of their claims. The following transactions occurred before the filing: • On May 15, Hall gave a mortgage on Hall’s home to National Bank to secure payment of a loan National had given Hall two years earlier. When the loan was made, Hall’s twin was a National employee. • On June 1, Hall purchased a boat from Olsen for $10,000 cash. • On July 1, Hall paid off an outstanding credit card balance of $500. The original debt had been $2,500. The National mortgage was a. Preferential, because National would be considered an insider. b. Preferential, because the mortgage was given to secure an antecedent debt. c. Not preferential, because Hall is presumed insolvent when the mortgage was given. d. Not preferential, because the mortgage was a security interest. Answer (b) Under Chapter 7 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code, the trustee may set aside preferential transfers made to a creditor within ninety days prior to the filing of the petition for bankruptcy. Preferential transfers are those made for antecedent debts that allow the creditor to receive more than s/he would have under the bankruptcy law. All of these conditions were met for the National mortgage. Answer (a) is incorrect because National would not be considered an insider. Even though Hall’s twin was a National employee, he was not an officer, director, or controlling stockholder of National. Furthermore, the preferential transfer was not made to him personally but to National Bank. Answer (c) is incorrect because to set aside a preferential transfer, the debtor must have made the transfer while he was insolvent in the bankruptcy sense. Therefore, if Hall was presumed insolvent when the mortgage was given, the trustee is able to set aside the preferential transfer. Note that insolvency is irrelevant to whether a transfer is preferential or nonpreferential. Answer (d) is incorrect because when Hall gave National Bank the mortgage to secure payment of the two-year-old loan, this was a preferential transfer because it attempted to give National Bank more priority than it would have had as a general unsecured creditor. For Problems 8-10 Dart Inc., a closely held corporation, was petitioned involuntarily into bankruptcy under the liquidation provisions of Chapter 7 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code. Dart contested the petition. Dart has not been paying its business debts as they became due, has defaulted on its mortgage loan payments, and owes back taxes to the IRS. The total cash value of Dart’s bankruptcy estate after the sale of all assets and payment of administration expenses is $100,000. Dart has the following creditors: • Fracon Bank is owed $75,000 principal and accrued interest on a mortgage loan secured by Dart’s real property. The property was valued at and sold, in bankruptcy, for $70,000. • The IRS has a $12,000 recorded judgment for unpaid corporate income tax. • JOG Office Supplies has an unsecured claim of $3,000 that was timely filed. • Nanstar Electric Co. has an unsecured claim of $1,200 that was not timely filed. • Decoy Publications has a claim of $14,000, of which $2,000 is secured by Dart’s inventory that was valued and sold, in bankruptcy, for $2,000. The claim was timely filed. 8. What dollar amount would Nanstar Electric Co. receive? a. $0 b. $ 800 c. $1,000 d. $1,200 Answer: (a) The bankruptcy estate contains $100,000 after the sale of all assets and payment of administration expenses. The secured debt of $70,000 to Fracon Bank and the secured debt of $2,000 to Decoy Publications are satisfied first. (This actually takes place as a higher priority over the administrative expenses.) Therefore, after paying this $72,000 there is $28,000 left. The $12,000 of unpaid income tax has the next highest priority of those listed. This leaves $16,000 for the general creditors who filed on time. There are three of these, that is, Fracon who is owed $5,000 in excess of what the sale of the property brought, JOG who is owed $3,000, and Decoy who is still owed $12,000 in excess of the security interest. These three creditors together are owed $20,000 ($5,000 + $3,000 + $12,000). Since this is more than the $16,000 left, these 3 general creditors’ debts are prorated. The last priority of unsecured claimants who filed late get nothing. Therefore, Nanstar Electric gets $0. 9. What total dollar amount would Fracon Bank receive on its secured and unsecured claims? a. $70,000 b. $72,000 c. $74,000 d. $75,000 Answer: (c) The bankruptcy estate contains $100,000 after the sale of all assets and payment of administration expenses. The secured debt of $70,000 to Fracon Bank and the secured debt of $2,000 to Decoy Publications are satisfied first. (This actually takes place as a higher priority over the administrative expenses.) Therefore, after paying this $72,000 there is $28,000 left. The $12,000 of unpaid income tax has the next highest priority of those listed. This leaves $16,000 for the general creditors who filed on time. There are three of these, that is, Fracon who is owed $5,000 in excess of what the sale of the property brought, JOG who is owed $3,000, and Decoy who is still owed $12,000 in excess of the security interest. These three creditors together are owed $20,000 ($5,000 + $3,000 + $12,000). Since this is more than the $16,000 left, these three general creditors’ debts are prorated. Fracon Bank gets money from both the unsecured and secured claims. From the unsecured claim, Fracon receives a prorated share or 16,000 × $5,000 = $4,000 $5,000 + $3,000 + $12,000 Add this prorated share of $4,000 to the $70,000 Fracon received from the sold property to arrive at $74,000. 10. What dollar amount would the IRS receive? a. $0 b. $ 8,000 c. $10,000 d. $12,000 Answer: (d) The bankruptcy estate contains $100,000 after the sale of all assets and payment of administration expenses. The secured debt of $70,000 to Fracon Bank and the secured debt of $2,000 to Decoy Publications are satisfied first. (This actually takes place as a higher priority over the administrative expenses.) Therefore, after paying this $72,000 there is $28,000 left. The $12,000 of unpaid income tax has the next highest priority of those listed. Prepared By: Jaia Shanti M. Mabad Rachel Anne R. Nacario (Guererro) Chapter 1 Partnership Formation 1.On July 1,1997, Monuz and Pardo form a partnership, agreeing to share profits and losses in the ratio of 4:6,respectively. Monuz contributed a parcel of land that cost him P25,000. Pardo contributed P50,000 cash. The land was sold for P50,000 on July 1,1997 four hours after formation of the partnership. How much should be recorded in Munoz capital account on formation of the partnership? a) P10,000 b) P20,000 c) P25,000 d) P50,000 2.Moonbits partnership had a net income of P8,000.00 for the month ended September 30,1997. Sunshine purchased an interest in the Moonbits partnership of Liz and Dick by paying Liz P 32,000.00 for half of her capital and half of her 50 percent profit sharing interest on October 1,1997. At this time Liz capital balance was P24,000.00 and Dick capital balance was P56,000.00. Liz should receive a debit to her capital account of: a) b) c) d) P 12,000.00 P 20,000.00 P 16,000.00 P 26,667.00 3.On March 1,1997, Santos and Pablo formed a partnership with each contributing the following assets: Cash Machinery and Equipment Building Furniture & Fixtures Santos P 30,000 25,000 -010,000 Pablo P 70,000 75,000 225,000 -0- The building is subject to a mortgage loan of P80,000, which is to be assumed by the partnership. The partnership agreement provides that Santos and Pablo share profits and losses 30% and 70%, respectively. On March 1,1997 the balance in Pablo’s capital account should be: a) b) c) d) P 290,000.00 P 305,000.00 P 314,000.00 P 370,000.00 4. The business assets of John and Paul appear below: Cash Accounts Receivable Inventories Land Building John P 11,000 234,536 120,035 603,000 Paul P 22,354 567,890 260,102 428,267 Furniture & Fixtures Other Assets Total Accounts Payable Notes Payable John, Capital Paul, Capital Total 50,435 2,000 P 1,020,916 34,789 3,600 P 1,317,002 178,940 200,000 641,976 243,650 345,000 P 1,020,916 728,352 P 1,317,002 John and Paul agreed to form a partnership contributing their respective assets and equities subject to the following adjustments: a. Accounts receivable of P 20,000 in John’s books and P 35,000 in Paul’s are uncollectible. b. Inventories of P 5,500 and P 6,700 are worthless in John’s and Paul’s respective books. c. Other assets of P 2,000 and P 3,600 in John’s and Paul’s respective books are to be written off. The capital account of the partners after the adjustment will be: a) John’s Paul’s b) John’s Paul’s c) John’s Paul’s d) John’s Paul’s P 614,476 P 683,052 P 615,942 P 717,894 P 649,876 P 712,345 P 613,576 P 683,350 5. The following is the condensed balance sheet of the partnership Jo, Li and Bi who share profits and losses in the ratio of 4:3:3. Cash Other Assets Jo, receivable P 180,000 1,660,000 40,000 Accounts Payable Bi, Loan Jo, Capital Li, Capital P 420,000 60,000 620,000 400,000 Bi, Capital Total P1,880,000 Total 380,000 P1,880,000 Assume that the assets and liabilities are fairly valued on the balance sheet and the partnership decides to admit Mac as a new partner, with a 20% interest. No goodwill or bonus is to be recorded. How much Mac contributes to cash or other assets? a) b) c) d) P 350,000 P 280,000 P 355,000 P 284,000 Solution and Explanation 1. D. The requirement is Munoz’ capital account balance upon formulation of the partnership. As in the case with all entities, investment in the capital of a partnership should be measured at the fair market value of the assets contributed. In this case, the FMV of the land would be measured at the fair market value by its sales price on the date of sale (P50,000) which is also the date of the partnership formation. Recording the land of Munoz’ cost would result in the partners sharing the gain from the sale in accordance with their profit and loss ratio. This is not equitable since the gain accrued while the land was held by Monuz. 2. A. Under the admission by purchase only the transfer of the capital purchase by the selling partner (Liz) to the buying partner (Sunshine) is recorded. Therefore 50% of the capital of Liz (P24,000) or P 12,000 is to be debited to her capital account. 3. A. P 290,000.00 Assets contributed by Pablo Less: Mortgage assumed by partnership Capital balance of Pablo P 370,000 (80,000) P 290,000 Note that the profit and loss sharing ratio is irrelevant to the solution of this problem. 4. A. John’s P 614,476 Paul’s P 683,052 Capital balance before adjustments Adjustments: Uncollectible accounts Inventories Written Off Other Assets written off Capital balances after adjustments John P641,976 Paul P 728,352 (20,000) (5,500) (2,000) P 614,476 (35,000) 6,700 (3,600) P 683,052 5. A. P 350,000 Total agreed capital of the new partnership ( 1,400,000 ÷ 80% ) Total contributed capital of the old partners Mac’s contribution P 1,750,000 ( 1,400,000) P 350,000 Chapter 2 Partnership Operation Problem 1.On January 1,1997 Zeep and Beep have capital balances of P 20,000.00 and P 16,000.00 respectively. On July 1,1997 Zeep invest an additional P 4,000.00 and Beep withdraws P 1,600.00. Profits and losses are divided as follows: Beep is the managing partner and as such shall receive P 16,000.00 salary and Zeep shall receive P 7,200.00; both partners shall receive interest of 10% on their beginning capital balances to offset whatever difference in capital investments they have and any remainder shall be divided equally. Income of the Zeep-Beep partnership for the year 1997 is P 9,600.00. Zeep’s share in the net income is: a. b. c. d. P 9,200.00 P 880.00 P 4,800.00 P 600.00 2. Mr. Zoom and his very close friend Mr. Boom formed a partnership on January 1,1997 with Zoom contributing P 16,000 cash and Boom contributing equipment with a book value of P 6,400.00 and a fair value of P 8,000.00. During 1997 Boom made additional investments of P 1,600.00 on April 1 and P 1,600.00 on June 1, and on September 1, he withdrew P 4,000.00. Zoom had no additional investment nor withdrawals during the year. The average capital balance at the end of 1997 for Boom is: a. b. c. d. P 9,600.00 P 8,000.00 P 8,800.00 P 7,200.00 3. The partnership agreement of Eve and Fred provides that interest at 10% per year is to be credited to each partner on the basis of weighted-average capital balances. A summary of Fred’s capital account for the year ended 31 December 1997 is as follows: Balance, 1 January Additional investment, July 1 Withdrawal, 1 August Balance, 31 December P 280,000.00 80,000 (30,000.00) 330,000.00 The amount of interest that should be credited to Fred’s capital account for 1997 is a. b. c. d. P 30,750 P 30,500 P 34,500 P 33,000 4. The partners, A and B, share profits 3:2. However, A is to receive a yearly bonus of 20% of the profits, in addition to his profit share. The partnership made a net income for the year of P 24,000 before the bonus. Assuming A’s bonus is computed on profit after deducting said bonus, how much profit share will B receive? a. P 15,200 b. P 9,600 c. P 8,000 d. P 9,000 5. A, B, and C are partner in the accounting firm. Their capital account balances at year-end were: A,P90,000; B,P11,000; C,P50,000. They share profits and losses in a 4:4:2 ratio, after the following special terms: 1) Partner C is to receive a bonus of 10% of the net income after bonus. 2) Interest of 10% shall be paid on that portion of a partner’s capital in excess of P100,000. 3) Salaries of P10,000 and P12,000 shall be paid to partners A and C, respectively. Assuming a net income of P 44,000 for the year, the total profit share of partner C would be: a. b. c. d. P 7,800 P 16,800 P 19,400 P 19,800 Solutions and Explanations 1.D. P 600 Zeep Beep Total Salaries Interests Balance, equally Total P 7,200 2,000 (8,600) P 600 P 16,000 1,600 (8,600) P 9,000 P 23,200 3,600 (17,200) P 9,600 2.C. P 8,800 Date January April June September Capital Balances P 8,000 9,600 11,200 7,200 Months Unchanged 3 2 3 4 12 Peso Months P 24,000 19,200 33,600 28,800 P105,600 Months Unchanged 6 1 5 Peso Months P 1,680,000 360,000 1,650,000 P 3,690,000 P 307,500 P 30,750 Average Capital (105,600÷ 12) = P 8,800 3.A. P 30,750 Date January July August Capital Balances P 280,000 360,000 330,000 Average Capital (P 3,690,000 ÷ 12) Interest (P307,500 x 10%) 4.C. P 8,000 Bonus to A (P24,000 ÷ 120%) x 20% Balance, 3:2 Total A P 4,000 12,000 P 16,000 B Total P 4,000 P 20,000 P24,000 8,000 P 8,000 5. C. P 19,400 Bonus, [44,000-(44,000/110%)] A - B - C P 4,000 Total P 4,000 Interest (10,000 x 10%) Salaries Balance, 4:4:2 Total Chapter 3 Partnership Dissolution 10,000 6,800 P 16,800 P 1,000 6,800 P 7,800 12,000 3,400 P 19,400 1,000 22,000 17,000 P 44,000 1.Cen, Deng and Lala are partners with capital balances on 31 December 1997 of P300,000,P300,000 and P200,000 respectively. Profits are shared equally. Lala wishes to withdraw and it is agreed that she is to take certain furniture and fixtures with second hand value of P 50,000 and note for the balance of her interest. The furniture and fixtures are carried in the books at P 65,000. Brand new, the furniture and fixtures may cost P 80,000. Lala’s acquisition of the second-hand furniture will result to: a. b. c. d. Reduction in capital of P 15,000 each for Cen and Deng. Reduction in capital of P 10,000 for Lala. Reduction in capital of P 5,000 each for Cen, Deng and Lala. Reduction in capital of P 7,500 each for Cen and Deng. 2.Jaime Dizon, a partner in an accounting firm, decided to withdraw from the partnership. Dizon’s share of the partnership profits and losses was 20%. Upon withdrawing from the partnership he was paid P74,000 in final settlement for his interest. The total of the partners’ capital accounts before recognition of partnership goodwill prior to Dizon’s withdrawal was P210,000. After his withdrawal the remaining partner’s capital accounts, excluding their share of goodwill, totaled P 160,000. The totaled agreed upon goodwill of the firm was: a. b. c. d. P 120,000 P 140,000 P 160,000 P 250,000 3.Cina,Doy and Eli shared profit and losses based on 5:3:2. Eli was allowed to withdraw from the partnership on 31 December 1997 with P 600,000 cash as full settlement. The condensed balance sheet of the partnership as of that date was as follows: Assets Due from Eli Goodwill Other Assets Total Assets Liabilities and Capital Liabilities Due to Doy Cina, Capital Doy, capital Eli,Capital Total liabilities and capital P 250,000 2,000,000 4,750,000 P7,000,000 P 2,000,000 750,000 1,750,000 1,500,000 1,000,000 P 7,000,0000 Using the goodwill method, the new capital balances of the remaining partners after Eli’s withdrawal are: a. b. c. d. Cina,P 1,843,750 and Doy,P 1,556,250 Cina,P 1,375,000 and Doy,P 1,275,000 Cina,P 2,000,000 and Doy,P 1,650,000 Cina,P 1,750,000 and Doy,P 1,500,000 4.The condensed balance sheet of the partnership of Edong, Frredo and Godo with corresponding profit and loss sharing percentage as of June 30,1997 was as follows: Net Assets Edong,Capital (50%) Fredo,Capital (30%) Godo,Capital (20%) P400,000 P200,000 120,000 80,000 P 400,000 As of said date, Edong retired from the partnership. By mutual agreement, he was paid P225,000 for his interest in the partnership.The total implied goodwill was to be recorded. After Edong’s retirement, the total net assets of the partnership was: a. b. c. d. P 250,000 P 175,000 P 200,000 P 225,000 5.Pastor, Ramon and Sendong were partners with capital balances as of January 1,1997, of P100,000,P150,000 and P200,000 respectively, sharing profit and losses on a 5:3:2 ratio. On July 1,1997 Pastor withdraw from the partnership. Partners agreed that at the time of withdrawal, certain inventories had to be revalued at P 70,000 from its cost of P 50,000. For the six month period ending June 30,1997,the partnership generated a net income of P140,000. Further partners agreed to pay Pastor P195,000 for his interest and that the remaining partner’s capital accounts, would be adjusted for whatever goodwill the settlement would generate. The payment to Pastor included a goodwill of: a. b. c. d. P 15,000 P 25,000 P 50,000 P42,500 Solutions and Explanations 1.C. Reduction in capital of P 5,000 each for Cen, Deng and Lala. Book value of the furniture and fixtures Second hand value Loss to be shared by Cen, Deng, Lala, equally P 65,000 (50,000) P15,000 2. A. P 120,000 Partnership capital before withdrawal by Dizon Less: Partnership capital after withdrawal (excluding goodwill) Book value of Dizon's interest Price paid Dizon for 20% interest Less: Book value of interest Implied goodwill on 20% interest Implied goodwill on entire firm (P 24,000 ÷ 20%) P 210,000 (160,000) P 50,000 74,000 (50,000) P 24,000 P 120,000 3. B Cina Capital balances before withdrawal of Eli Due from Eli Goodwill written off (2,000,000) Capital balances before settlement Settlement with Eli Total goodwill, 1,250,000 (250,000 ÷ 20%) New capital balances after withdrawal Coy Eli P 1,750,000 P 1,500,000 (1,000,000) 750,000 (600,000) 900,000 P 1,000,000 (250,000) (400,000) 350,000 (600,000) 625,000 P 1,375,000 375,000 P 1,275,000 250,000 P -0- 4. D. P 225,000 Edong's capital Settlement Goodwill (50%) Net assets before settlement with Edong Settlement Total Implied goodwill (P25,000 ÷ 50%) Net assets after Edong's retirement P 200,000 225,000 P 25,000 P 400,000 (225,000) 50,000 P 225,000 5. A. Pastor's capital before his retirement Undervaluation of inventory (P 20,000 x 50%) Profit share (P140,000 x 50%) Pastor's interest Settlement Goodwill P 100,000 10,000 70,000 P 180,000 195,000 P 15,000 Chapter 4 Partnership Liquidation 1.Gilbert, Joseph and Li are partners with capital balance of P350,000, P250,000 and P350,000 and sharing profits 30%, 20% and 50% respectively. Partners agree to dissolve the business and upon liquidation, all of the partnership assets are sold and sufficient cash is realized to pay all the claims except one for P 50,000. Li is personally insolvent, but the other two partners are able to meet any indebtedness to the firm. On the remaining claim against the partnership, Gilbert is to absorb. a. b. c. d. P 40,000 P 15,000 P 30,000 P 25,000 2.After operating for five years, the books of the partnership of Joe and Letty showed the following balances: Net assets Joe, Capital Letty, Capital P 130,000 85,000 45,000 If liquidation takes place at this point and the net assets are realized at book value, the partners are entitled to: a. b. c. d. Joe to receive P 90,000 & Letty to receive P 40,000 Joe to receive P 97,500 & Letty to receive P 32,500 Joe to receive P 65,000 & Letty to receive P 65,000 Joe to receive P 85,000 & Letty to receive P 45,000 3. Partners Beth, John and Star who shared profit and losses based on 4:4:2 decided to liquidate. All assets of the partnership were liquidated. The condensed balance sheet just prior to liquidation follows: Cash Other Assets P 100,000 400,000 Total P 500,000 Liabilities Beth,loan Beth, Capital John, Capital Star, Capital Total P 140,000 10,000 45,000 105,000 200,000 P 500,000 Other assets were sold for P 247,500 realizing a loss of P 152,500. Parties agreed to fully terminate the partnership’s business thus, necessitating distribution of cash to partners and in the event of capital deficiency, contribution of additional cash. The three partners were all solvent and could answer any capital deficiency. The realization of assets, distribution of loss and payment of liabilities resulted to the following partner’s loan and capital accounts balances prior to final cash settlement: a. b. c. d. Beth,Loan P 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 Beth,Capital P 10,000 (16,000) 15,000 45,000 John,Capital P 50,000 44,000 55,000 105,000 Star,Capital P 165,000 169,500 165,000 200,000 4. Bach, Johann and Straus were partners sharing profits and losses based on 4:4:2 decide to liquidate. All assets of the partnership were liquidated. The condensed balance sheet just prior to liquidation follows: Assets Cash Other Assets P 100,000 400,000 Total P 500,000 Liabilities & Capital Liabilities Beth,loan Beth, Capital John, Capital Star, Capital Total P 140,000 10,000 45,000 105,000 200,000 P 500,000 Other assets were sold for P 247,500 realizing a loss of P 152,500. Parties agreed to fully terminate the partnership’s business thus, necessitating distribution of cash to partners and in the event of capital deficiency, contribution of additional cash. The three partners were all solvent and could answer any capital deficiency. Name the partner and give the corresponding additional cash he had to invest due to his net capital deficiency to finally settle the liquidation of the partnership. a. b. c. d. Bach, Johann, Bach, Straus, P 16,000 P 44,000 P 6,000 P 30,500 5.Silverio, Domingo, Reyes and Pastor are partners, sharing earnings in the ratio of 3/21, 4/21, 6/21 and 8/21, respectively. The balances of their capital accounts on December 31,1997 are as follows: Silverio……………………………………………… P 1,000 Domingo …………………………………………. 25,000 Reyes ……………………………………………… 25,000 Pastor …………………………………………….. 9,000 The partners decide to liquidate, and they accordingly convert the non-cash assets into P 23,200 of cash. After paying the liabilities amounting to P 3,000, they have P 22,200 to divide. Assume that a debit balance of any partner’s capital is uncollectible. The share of Silverio in the loss upon conversion of the non-cash assets into cash was: a. b. c. d. P 4,972 P 5,257 P 5,400 P 5,200 Solutions and Explanations 1.A. P 40,000 *Capital balances before realization Loss on realization (squeeze) Capital balances after realization Absorption of Li's deficiency Additional Investment Total P 950,000 (1,000,000) (50,000) (50,000) Gilbert P 350,000 (300,000) 50,000 (90,000) (40,000) Joseph P 250,000 (200,000) 50,000 (60,000) (10,000) Li P 350,000 (500,000) (150,000) 150,000 - *The total capital realization should be equal to the unpaid liabilities. 2. D. Joe to receive P 85,000 & Letty to receive P 45,000 Since no gain or loss on realization is to be distributed to the partner, the partners are entitled to receive cash equal to their capital balances. 3. B. Beth,Loan P 10,000; Beth,Capital (P16,000); John,Capital P 44,000; Star,Capital P 169,500 Balance before realization Loss on realization,P152,500,4:4:2 Balances Beth,Loan P 10,000 P 10,000 Beth P 45,000 (61,000) (P 16,000) Capital John P 105,000 (61,000) P 44,000 Star P 200,000 (30,500) P 169,500 4. C. Bach, P 6,000 Capital balances Loan balance Total interest Loss on realization P 152,500,4:4:2 Balances Additional Investment by Bach Payment to partner Bach P 45,000 10,000 55,000 (61,000) (6,000) 6,000 P -0- Johann P 105,000 105,000 (61,000) (44,000) P 44,000 Straus P 200,000 200,000 (30500) (169,500) P 169,500 5. C. P 5,400 Book value of non-cash asset (Sch. 1) Cash Realization Loss on realization Silverio's P/L ratio Silverio's share P 61,000 (23,200) 37,800 3/21 P 5,400 Schedule 1: Payment to partners Add back liabilities paid Cash balance after realization Less: Cash realized from sale of assets Cash balance before realization Total assets (P60,000+P3,000) Book value of non-cash assets P 22,200 3,000 25,200 23,200 2,000 63,000 P 61,000 Chapter 5 Installment Liquidation Problems 1. Kay and Loy, partners who share profits and losses equally decided to liquidate their partnership business in installment. The statement of financial position showed Cash,P35,000; Liabilities,P20,000; Kay capital,P71,000; and Loy capital,P54,000. Anticipated liquidation expenses amounts to P10,000. How much cash can be distributed safely to each partner at this point? Kay a. P 5,000 b. P 5,000 c. P 3,000 d. P 5,000 Loy P -0P 500 P -0P 1,000 2. The partnership of Javier, Karim, and Laurel share profits and losses in the ratio of 5:3:2, respectively. The partners voted to dissolve the partnership when its assets, liabilities, and capital were as follows: Assets Cash Other Assets Total Liabilities and Capital P40,000 210,000 P250,000 Liabilities Javier,Capital Karim,Capital Laurel,Capital P60,000 48,000 72,000 70,000 Total P250,00 0 The partnership will be liquidated over a prolonged period of time. As cash is available it will be distributed to the partners. The first sale of non-cash assets having a book value of P120,000 realized P90,000. How much cash should be distributed to each partner after this sale? a. b. c. d. Javier, P0; Javier, P0; Javier, P35,000; Javier, P45,000; Karim, P28,800; Karim, P30,000; Karim, P21,000; Karim, P27,000; Laurel, P41,200 Laurel, P40,000 Laurel, P14,000 Laurel, P18,000 3. The condensed statement of financial position of Alex, Jay and John partnership as of March 31,2011 follows: Cash Other assets Total P28,000 265,000 P293,000 Liabilities Alex,Capital Jay,Capital John,Capital Total Unsecured Liabilities P48,000 95,000 80,000 70,000 P293,000 Income and loss ratio is 50:25:25 respectively. The partners voted to dissolve the partnership and liquidate by selling assets in installments. P70,000 was realized on the first cash sale of other assets which has a book value of P150,000. After settlement with creditors, all cash available was distributed to partners. How much cash was received by John? a. b. c. d. P10,500 P32,500 P21,250 P20,000 4.The following statement of financial position is for the partnership of D, E and F: Cash Other assets Total P20,000 180,000 P200,000 Liabilities D,Capital (40%) E,Capital (40%) F,Capital (20%) P50,000 37,000 65,000 48,000 Total P200,00 0 Figures shown parenthetically reflect agreed profit and loss sharing percentages. If the firm as shown on the original balance sheet, is dissolved and liquidated by selling assets in installments, the first sale of non-cash assets having a book value of P90,000 realizes P50,000, and cash of P17,000 after settlement with creditors is distributed; the respective partners would receive ( to the nearest peso). a. b. c. d. D, P8,000; D, P6,667; D, P 0; D, P 0; E, P 8,000; E, P 6,667; E, P13,333; E, P 1,000; F, P 4,000 F, P 6,666 F, P 6,667 F,P16,000 5. L, M, N and O partners to a law firm share profits 5:3:1:1 respectively. Partner’s accounts prior to liquidation were as follows: L M N O Advances (Dr) P 4,500 2,500 Loans (Cr) P5,000 10,000 - Capitals (Cr) P40,000 30,000 15,000 25,000 At this point, cash of P18,000 is available for distribution to the partners. How much of the P18,000 cash should be distributed to each partner? a. b c. d. L P -0P -0P -0P 9,000 M P 18,000 P -0P 6,625 P 5,400 N P -0P -0P -0P 1,800 O P -0P 18,000 P 11,375 P 1,600 Solutions and Explanations 1.A. Kaye P 5,000 ; Loy, P -0- Capital balances before cash distribution Possible loss, [(P20,000 + 125,000)-P35,000] P110,000 + 10,000 = P 120,000 Balances Additional loss to Kay Payment to Partner Kay Kay P71,000 Loy P54,000 (60,000) P 11,000 (6,000) P5,000 (60,000) P (6,000) 6,000 P-0- 2. A. Javier, P0; Karim, P28,800; Laurel, P41,200 Balances Loss on sale of assets,P30,000 Balances Possible loss,P90,000 Balances Absorption of Javier's deficit Cash Distribution Javier P 48,000 (15,000) 33,000 (45,000) (12,000) 12,000 -0- Karim P72,000 (9,000) 63,000 (27,000) 36,000 (7,200) P 28,800 Laurel P 70,000 (6,000) 64,000 (18,000) 46,000 (4,800) P 41,200 Alex P95,000 (40,000) 55,000 (57,500) (2,500) 2,500 P-0- Jay P80,000 (20,000) 60,000 (28,750) 31,250 (1,250) P 30,000 John P70,000 (20,000) 50,000 (28,750) 21,250 (1,250) P 20,000 3. D. P20,000 Capital before realization Loss on realization,P80,000 Capital before cash distribution Possible Loss, P 115,000 Balances Additional loss to Jay & John, 25:25 Payment to Partners 4. D. D, P – 0-; E, P 1,000; F,P 16,000 Capital balances before realization Loss on realization D P 37,000 (16,000) E P 65,000 (16,000) F P 48,000 (8,000) Balances Possible loss: Other Assets (P180,000-90,000) Cash Withheld: (P20,000+50,00050,000-17,000 Total Balances Additional loss to E & F, 4:2 Payment to partners 21,000 49,000 40,000 (37,200) (P16,200) 16,200 P-0- (37,200) P11,800 (10,800) P1,000 (18,600) P21,400 (5,400) P16,000 P90,000 3,000 P93,000 5. C. L, P-0-; M, P6,625; N,P-0-; O, P 11,375 Capital balances Loan balances Advances Total Interest Possible loss (P118,000-18,000) Balances Additional loss to MNO, 3:1:1 Balances Additional loss to MO, 3:1 Payment to M and O L P40,000 5,000 --P45,000 (50,000) (5,000) 5,000 P-0- M P30,000 10,000 --P40,000 (30,000) 10,000 (3,000) 7,000 (375) P6,625 N P15,000 (4,500) P10,500 (10,000) 500 (1,000) (500) 500 P-0- O P25,000 (2,500) P22,500 (10,000) 12,500 (1,000) 11,500 (125) P 11,375 Chapter 6 Corporate Liquidation Problems 1. Sayap Company signed a note payable to its bank for P2000000.Accrued interest on the note on February 29,2000 amounts to P50,000.The note is secured by inventory with a book value of P2,300,000.The inventory is sold for P1,600,000 and unsecured creditors receive 30% of their claims. What amount should the bank receive in settlement of the note and interest? a. P2,050,000 b. P2,000,000 c. P1,705,000 d. P1,600,000 2. The following are the data presented by Ilocos Company: Assets at book value Assets at net realizable value Liabilities at book value: Fully Secured Mortgage Unsecured accounts and notes payable Unrecorded Liabilities: Interest on bank notes Estimated administrative expenses P1,000,000 750,000 400,000 450,000 2,500 40,000 The Statement of Affairs at this time should include an estimated deficiency to unsecured creditors of: a. b. c. d. P350,000 P310,000 P142,500 P100,000 3. The Statement of Affairs for the Failed Company contained the following relevant information: Assets pledged wit fully secured creditors Assets pledged with partially secured creditors Free Assets Liabilities with Priority Fully Secured Liabilities Partially Secured Liabilities Unsecured Liabilities P1,000,000 500,000 600,000 100,000 800,000 750,000 900,000 All assets are stated at net realizable values. The unsecured creditors should receive what percentage of their claims in liquidation? (Round to two decimal places.) a. b. c. d. 60.87% 64% 74.29% 82.35% 4. Luck Company has filed for liquidation. The following data is available: Free assets at net realizable value Liabilities per book Unrecorded liabilities: Liquidation expenses Unpaid wages with priority claim P 100,000 160,000 6,000 10,000 What percentage of their claims should the unsecured creditors receive in liquidation? a. b. c. d. 62.5% 56.82% 55.29% 52.5% 5. The Abu Company in liquidation provided the following data: Assets at book value Assets at net realizable value Liabilities at book value Unrecorded Liabilities: Interest on bank notes Liquidation expenses The journal entry to record the assets and liabilities should include estate deficit of: a. b. c. d. P14,250 P14,000 P10,250 P10,000 P 100,000 75,000 85,000 250 4,000 Solutions and Explanations 1.C. P1,705,000 P1,600,00 0 Proceeds for inventory Unsecured Note balance and interest at 30% (P300,000+P50,000 x 30%) 105,000 P1,705,00 0 Payment to bank in settlement of note and interest 2.C.P142,500 Total Assets at realizable value Fully secured liabilities Priority claim: Estimated administrative expenses Estimated amount available Unsecured Claims (P450,000+P2,500) Estimated deficiency to unsecured creditors P750,000 (400,000) (40,000) 310,000 (452,500) (P 142,500) 3.A.P1,150,000 Assets available for unsecured creditors: Fully secured assets Liabilities thereon Available for unsecured creditors Free assets Priority liabilities Unsecured liabilities Partially secured liabilities Assets pledged thereon Total Unsecured Liabilities P1,000,000 (800,000) 200,000 600,000 100,000 750,000 (500,000) 700,000 900,000 250,000 1,150,000 Percentage to be paid: P700,000 / P1,150,000 = 60.87% 4.D.52.5% Free assets Less: Priority claims Liquidation expenses Unpaid wages Net free assets Divided by unsecured liabilities P100,000 P6,000 10,000 (P16,000) P84,000 160,000 Recovery percentage 52.50% 5.C.P10,250 Assets at realizable value Less: Liabilities: Per books Unrecorded Estate deficit P75,000 P85,000 250 (85,250) (P 10,250) PARTNERSHIP FORMATION 1. A partnership is a (an): I. Accounting entity II. Taxable entity a. I only b. II only c. Neither I or II d. Both I and II 2. Which of the following accounts can be found in the MN partnerships' general ledger? I. Receivable from M II. M drawing III. M loan a. I only b. I and II c. I, II and III d. II and III 3. Which of the following statements about partnership accounts is true? a. Two accounts are generally maintained for each partner. b. The drawing account is credited with the partner's withdrawals of cash or other assets during the period. c. Answer (a) is correct but (b) is false d. Answers (a), (b) and (c) are all correct. 4. The partners' drawing accounts are used: a. To record the partner's salaries b. To reduce the partner's capital account balances at the end of the period. c. In the same manner as the partners' loan accounts. d. To record the partner' share of net income or loss for an accounting period. 5. A partnership is formed by two individuals who were previously sole proprietors. Property other than cash that is part of the initial investment in the partnership is recorded for financial accounting purposes at the: a. Proprietor's book value or the fair value of the property at the date of the investment, whichever is higher. b. Proprietor's book values or the fair value of the property at the date of the investment, whichever is lower. c. Proprietor's book values of the property at the date of investment. d. Fair value of the property at the date of investment. PARTNERSHIP OPERATIONS 1. Which of the following is an expense of a partnership? a. Interest on partners' capital account balances. b. Interest on loans from partners to the partnership. c. Both a and b. d. Neither a nor b. 2. A partner's withdrawal of assets from a partnership that is considered a permanent reduction in that partner's equity is debited to the partner's: a. Drawing account b. Retained earnings account c. Capital account d. Loan receivable account 3. The allocation of an error should be based on the profit and loss ratio in effect when: a. The error was made b. The error was corrected c. The error was discovered d. The allocation should always be made equally 4. If the partnership agreement provides for the division of losses only, profits should be divided: a. Equally b. According to beginning capital ratio c. According to ending capital ratio d. According to average capital ratio 5. If there is no provision for division of profits but not losses in the partnership agreement, it is concluded that: a. Losses should not be divided to the capital accounts, but matched against future earnings. b. Losses should be divided using the same approach as division of profits. c. Losses should be divided equally d. Losses should be allocated according to the ratio of capital account balances. PARTNERSHIP DISSOLUTION 1. Which of the following conditions constitutes a legal dissolution of a partnership? a. Death of a partner b. Retirement of a partner c. Admission of a partner d. All of the above 2. When admitting a new partner into an existing partnership, any allocation of goodwill to the old partners is based on: a. The profit and loss ratio b. An equal distribution among the partners c. The fair values of the assets each partner has contributed to the partnership d. The relative capital balances of the partners 3. According to the text, the recognition of goodwill in the accounting records of a partnership may be appropriate for: a. The admission of a new partner for a cash investment b. The retirement of an existing partner c. Either of the foregoing situations d. Neither of the foregoing 4. When the investment of a new partner exceeds the new partners' initial capital balance and goodwill is not recorded, who will receive the bonus? a. The new partner b. The old partners in their old profit and loss ratio c. The old partners in their new profit and loss ratio d. The old and new partners in their new profit and loss ratio 5. Under what circumstances will the bonus and goodwill methods produce different results in the future? a. If the new partners' percentage interest in profits and losses is the same as his initial fractional interest in the partnership capital. b. If the new percentage interests in profits and losses of the old partners is in the same relative proportion as their old percentage interests. c. If any partner retires in the near future d. If the partnership realizes losses, rather than profits PARTNERSHIP LIQUIDATION : LUMP-SUM 1. When is a partnership legally insolvent? a. When the partnership assets are insufficient to meet partnership liabilities b. When the partnership assets are insufficient to meet the partnership liabilities and at least one partner is personally insolvent c. When all the partners are personally insolvent d. When the assets of the partnership plus the assets of all the partners are insufficient to meet the partnership plus the individual partners' liabilities 2. In which order are partnership assets distributed to partners under the Partnership Law? a. Capital balances, loans, profits b. Loans, profits, capital balances c. Loans, capital balances, profits d. Profits, capital balances, loans 3. What is the rule of offset? a. Receivables from partners should offset against their debit capital balances before they receive any cash distributions. b. Loans to partners should offset against their debit capital balances before they receive any cash distributions. c. Loans from partners should offset against their credit capital balances before the receive any cash distributions. d. Loans from partners should offset against their debit capital balances before they receive any cash distributions. 4. If a partnership is liquidated, how is the final allocation of business assets made to the partners? a. Equally b. According to the profit and loss ratio c. According to the final capital account balances d. According to the initial investment made by each of the partners 5. If Juan, a partner with a loan receivable from a liquidating partnership, receives less cash than the amount of the loan during the liquidation, the payment is recorded with a debit to: a. Loan Receivable from Juan b. Juan Capital c. Juan drawing d. Loan Payable to Juan PARTNERSHIP LIQUIDATION: INSTALLMENT 1. In the installment liquidation of a partnership, each installment of cash is distributed: a. In the partners' profit and loss ratio b. In the ratio of partner's capital account balances c. As agreed to by the partners d. As if no more cash would be forthcoming 2. In the cash distribution plan which partner gets the first cash distribution? a. The partner with the largest loan balance b. The partner with the largest loss absorption balance c. The partner with the largest capital balance d. The partner with the largest profit and loss ratio 4. In calculating the safe payment, you assume: a. Parynership liabilities have been paid b. No liquidation expenses will be paid c. All non-cash assets are worthless d. Cash on hand can fully be distributed 5. In the preparation of schedule of safe payment to partners, cash withheld foe future liquidation expenses and unrecorded liabilities that may be discoveres is trwated as: a. Operating expenses b. Liabilities c. Loss on realization d. Possible loss CORPORATE LIQUIDATION 1. The number of classes of creditors in a corporate liquidation is: a. Two b. Three c. Four d. Five 2. A category of assets that typically has zero in the free assets column of a statement of affairs is: a. Factory supplies inventory b. Tools c. Short-term prepayments d. None of the above 3. Insolvency in corporate liquidation means: a. Book value of assets is greater than liabilities b. Fair value of assets is less than liabilities c. Inability to meet financial obligations as they come due d. Liabilities are greater than book value of assets 4. In the reporting of a corporate liquidation, assets are shown at: a. Present Value calculated using an appropriate effective rate b. Net realizable value c. Historical cost d. Book value 5. Which of the following is not a liability that has priority in liquidation? a. Administrative expenses incurred in the liquidation b. Salary payable owed to employeed c. Payroll taxes due to the government d. Advertising expense incurred before the company became insolvent Partnership formation 1. Partnership capital and drawing accounts are similar to the corporate A. Paid-in capital, retained earnings, and dividend accounts B. Retained earnings account. C. Paid-in capital and retained earnings accounts. D. Preferred and common stock accounts 2. For individuals who were previously sole proprietors form a partnership. Each partner contributes inventory and equipment for use by the partnership. What basis should the partnership use to record the contributed assets? A. Inventory at the lower of FIFO cost or market. B. Inventory at the lower of weighted-average cost or market. C. Equipment at each proprietor’s carrying amount. D. Equipment at fair value. 3. Meca and Came formed a partnership on January 1,2015 with each contributing the following assets: Meca Came Cash P30,000 P70,000 Machinery 25,000 75,000 Inventory 10,000 Building 225,000 The building is subject to a mortgage loan of P90,000 which is to be assumed by the partnership. On January 1,2015, the capital account of Came would show a balance of: A. P280,000 B. P305,000 C. P314,000 D. P370,000 4. The business assets of LL and MM appears below: LL MM Cash P11,000 P22,354 Accounts Receivable 234,536 567,890 Inventories 120,035 260,102 Land 603,000 ---------- Building ---------- 428,267 50,345 34,789 2,000 3,600 Furniture and Fixtures Other Assets P1,020,916 P1,317,002 Accounts Payable P178,940 Notes Payable 200,000 345,000 LL,Capital 641,976 ------------- MM, Capital ---------- 728,352 P1,020,916 P 243,650 P1,317,002 LL and MM agreed to form a partnership contributing their respective assets and equities subject to the following adjustments: a. Accounts receivable of P20,000 in LL’s books and P35,000 in MM’s are uncollectible. b. Inventories of P5,500 and P6,700 are worthless in LL’s and MM’s respective books. c. Other assets of P2,000 and P3,600 in LL’s and MM’s respective books are to be written off. The capital account of the partners after the adjustments will be: a. LL, P615,942; MM, P717,894 c. LL, P640,876; MM, P683,050 b. LL, P640,876; MM, P712,345 d. LL, P614,476; MM, P683,052 5. Langley invests his delivery van in a computer repair partnership with McCurdy. What amount should the van be credited to Langley’s partnership capital? A. The tax basis. B. The fair value at the date of contribution. C. Langley’s original cost. D. The assessed valuation for property tax purposes. 6. On April 30, 1993, Algee, Belger, and Ceda formed a partnership by combining their separate business proprietorships. Algee contributed cash of $50,000, Belger contributed property with a $36,000 carrying amount, a $40,000 original cost, and $80,000 fair value. The partnership accepted responsibility for the $35,000 mortgage attached to the property. Ceda contributed equipment with a $30,000 carrying amount, a $75,000 original cost, and $55,000 fair value. The partnership agreement specifies that profits and losses are to be shared equally but is silent regarding capital contributions. Which partner has the largest April 30, 1993, capital account balance? A. Algee. c. Ceda. B. Belger. d. All capital account balance are equal. 7. Jamby and Minam just formed a partnership. Jamby contributed cash of P2,205,000 and office equipment that cost P945,000. The equipment had been used in her sole proprietorship and had been 70% depreciated, the appraised value of the equipment is P630,000. Jamby also contributed a note payable of P210,000 to be assumed by the partnership. Jamby is to have 60% interest in the partnership. Miriam contributed only P1,575,000 merchandise inventory at fair market value. Assume the use of bonus method, the partners’ capital must be in conformity with their profit and loss ratio upon formation. In the formation of a partnership, which of the following is true? A. B. C. D. 8. a. b. c. d. The agreed capital of Jamby upon formation is P2,625,000 The total agreed capital of the partnership is P4,375,000 The capital of Miriam will increase by P105,000 as a result of the transfer of capital There is either an investment or withdrawal of asset under the bonus method Alley and Barvey established a partnership on December 1, 20x4. They agreed that Alley will contribute cash of P20,000; Land of P15,000 and Building of P50,000. Alley’s accounts payable of P10,000 is to be assumed by the partnership. Barvey will contribute cash of P30,000 and furniture and fixtures of P25,000. Assume that each partner initially should have an equal interest in partnership capital with no contribution of intangible asset (bonus method). How much are the capital balances of each partner? P85,000 for Alley and P55,000 for Barvey P65,000 for Alley and P65,000 for Barvey. P75,000 for Alley and P55,000 for Barvey P75,000 for Alley and P75,000 for Barvey. 9. The partnership agreement is an express contract among the partners (the owners of the business). Such an agreement generally does not include a. A limitation on a partner’s liability to creditors. b. The rights and duties of the partners. c. The allocation of income between the partners. d. The rights and duties of the partners in the event of partnership dissolution. Partnership operation 1. The XYZ partnership provides a 10% bonus to Partner Y that is based upon partnership income, after deduction of the bonus. If the partnership's income is P121,000, how much is Partner Y's bonus allocation? a. P11,000. b. P11,450. c. P11,650. d. P12,100. 2. If the partnership agreement provides a formula for the computation of a bonus to the partners, the bonus would be computed A. next to last, because the final allocation is the distribution of the profit residual. B. before income tax allocations are made. C. after the salary and interest allocations are made. D. in any manner agreed to by the partners. 3. The income statement of Vita Plus Partnership for the year ended December 31, 2007 appear below: Vita Plus Partnership Income Statement For the year ended December 31, 2007 Sales Less: Cost of Goods Sold Gross Profit Less: Operating Expenses P300,000 190,000 P110,000 30,000 Net Income P 80,000 Additional Information: 1. Melon and Dalandan began the year with capital balances of P40,800 and P112,000, respectively. 2. On April 1, Melon invested an additional P15,000 into the partnership and on August 1, Dalandan invested an additional P20,000 into the partnership. 3. Throughout 2007, each partner withdrew P400 per week in anticipation of partnership net income. The partners agreed that these withdrawals are not to be included in the computation of average capital balances for purposes of income distribution. Melon and Dalandan have agreed to distribute partnership net income according to the following plan: MELON DALANDAN 1. Interest on average capital balances 6% 6% 2. Bonus of net income before the bonus but after interest on average capital balances 3. Salaries 10% P25,000 P30,000 4. Residual (if positive) 70% 30% 5. Residual (if negative) 50% 50% The share of Melon and Dalandan on the net income, respectively is: a. P40,473 and P39,527 c. P40,342 and P39,658 b. P40,282 and P39,718 d. P38,935 and P41,065 4. The partnership agreement for the partnership of Brisbane and Ric provided for salary allowances of P450,000 to Brisbane and P350,000 to Ric, and the residual profit was allocated equally. During 2007, Brisbane and Ric each withdraw cash equal to 80 percent of their salary allowances. If during 2008, the partnership had profit in excess of P1,000,000 without regard to salary allowances and withdrawals, Brisbane’s equity in the partnership would a. Increase more than Ric’s c. Increase the same as Ric’s b. Decrease more than Ric’s d. Decrease the same as Ric’s 5. Jinky is trying to decide whether to accept a bonus of 162,500 or a salary of P97,500 plus a bonus of 10% of net income after salaries and bonus as a means of allocating profit among the partners. Salaries traceable to the other partners are estimated to be P450,000. What amount of income would be necessary so that Jinky would consider the choices to be equal? a. P1,100,000 b. P1,197,500 c. P650,000 d. P1,262,500 6. During 1994, Young and Zinc maintained average capital balances in their partnership of $160,000 and $100,000 respectively. The partners receive 10% interest on average capital balances, and residual profit or loss is divided equally. Partnership profit before interest was $4,000. By what amount should Zinc’s capital account change for the year? A. $1,000 decrease. B. $2,000 increase. C. $11,000 decrease. D. $12,000 increase. 7. Partners A and B have a profit and loss agreement with the following provisions: salaries of 30,000 and 45,000 for A and B, respectively; a bonus to A of 12% of net income after salaries and bonus; and interest of 10% on average capital balances of 50,000 and 65,000 for A and B, respectively. One-fourth of any remaining profits are allocated to A and the balance to B. If the partnership had net income of 108,600, how much should be allocated to Partner A? A. 43,225 B. 43,816 C. 47,850 D. 65,375 8. Raymond, Jane, and Venus are partners and share profits and losses as follows: Salaries of P20,000 to Raymond; P15,000 to Jane; and none to Venus. If net income exceeds salaries, then a bonus is allocated to Raymond. The bonus is 5 % of net income after deducting salaries and the bonus. Residual profits or residual losses are allocated 10 % to Raymond; 20 % to Jane, and 70 % to Venus. After the allocation was recorded and the books were closed, the partners discovered an error and that correction of the error would reduce the net income from P70,000 to P30,000. The error involved understated depreciation expense. How much is the necessary adjustment to Raymond’s capital? A. B. C. D. Increase by P25,000 Increase by P19,500 Decrease by P5,500 Decrease by P7,667 Partnership dissolution 1. Perez, Que and Ramos are partners sharing earnings in the ratio of 5:3:2, respectively. As of December 31, 2008, their capital balance showed P95,000 for Perez, P80,000 for Que, and P60,000 for Ramos. On January 1,2009 the partnership admitted Santos as a new partner and according to the agreement, Santos will invest P80,000 in cash to the partnership and will also purchase 15% of Que’s interest for P10,000. Santos will share 20% in the earnings while the ratio of the original partners will remain proportionately the as before Santos’ admission. After Santos’ admission, the total capital of the partnership will be P330,000 while Santos’ capital account will be P70,000. What is the balance of Que’s capital account after the admission of Santos? P81,100 b. P79,100 c. P74,600 d. P72,600 2. Perez, Reyes and Suarez were partners with capital balances as of January 1, 2009 of P100,000, P150,000 and P200,000 respectively. They share profits on a 5:3:2 ratio. On July 1, 2009, Perez withdraw from the partnership. For the six month period ending June 30, 2009, the partnership generated a net income P140,000. Partners agreed that at the time of withdrawal, certain inventory had to be revalued at P70,000 from its cost of P50,000. Further, partners agreed to pay Perez P195,000 for his interest. What are the capital balances of Reyes and Suarez after Perez’s retirement? Reyes Suarez a. b. c. d. P217,000 P189,000 P177,000 P187,500 P238,000 P226,000 P218,000 P226,000 3. A, B and C have capital balances of P112,000, P130,000 and P58,000, respectively, and share profits in the ratio 3:2:1. D invest cash in the partnership for a one-fourth interest. Assume D receives a one-fourth interest in the assets of the partnership and D is credited with P20,000 of the bonus from the old partners that is recognized upon D’s admission. How much cash D invest? a. P73,333 * b. P100,000 c. P93,333 d. P80,000 4. The goodwill and bonus methods are two means of adjusting for differences between the net book value and the fair value of partnerships when new partners are admitted. Which of the following statement about these methods is correct? a. The bonus method does not revalue assets to market values. b. The bonus method revalues assets to market values. c. Both methods result in the same balances in partner capital accounts. d.Both methods result in the same total value of partner capital accounts, but the individual capital accounts vary. 5. The total of the partners’ capital accounts was P110,000 before the recognition of partnership goodwill in preparation for the withdrawal of a partner whose income and loss sharing ratio is 2/10. He was paid P28,000 by the firm in final settlement for his interest. The remaining partners’ capital accounts, excluding their share of the goodwill, totalled P90,000 after his withdrawal. Compute the total goodwill of the firm agreed upon. a. P20,000 b. P48,000 c. P8,000 d. P40,000 * 6. Partner’s Rachel, Cecil, and Arlene share profits and losses 5:3:2, respectively, and their balance sheet on October 31, 2007 follows: Cash P 240,000 Accounts Payable P 600,000 Other Assets 2,160,000 Rachel, Capital 444,000 Cecil, Capital 780,000 Arlene, Capital 576,000 P 2,400,000 P 2,400,000 The assets and liabilities are recorded at their current fair value. Lark is to be admitted as a new partner with a 1/5 interest in capital and earnings. Rachel was credited a bonus of P15,000. How much should Lark contribute? a. P456,000 b. P450,000 c. P480,000 d. P487,500 7. Under the bonus method, when a new partner is admitted to the partnership, the total capital of the new partnership is equal to: A. the book value of the previous partnership plus the fair market value of the consideration paid to the existing partnership by the incoming partner B. the book value of the previous partnership plus any necessary asset write ups from book value to market value plus the fair market value of the consideration paid to the existing partnership by the incoming partner C. the book value of the previous partnership minus any asset write downs from book to market value plus the fair market value of the consideration paid to the existing partnership by the incoming partner D. the fair market value of the new partnership as implied by the value of the incoming partner's consideration in exchange for an ownership percentage in the new partnership 8. The following balance sheet is presented for the partnership of A, B, and C who share profits and losses in the ratio of 5:3:2 respectively Cash 60,000 Other assets 540,000 Liabilities 140,000 A, capital 280,000 B, capital 160,000 C, capital 20,000 Assume that the assets and liabilities are fairly valued on the balance sheet and the partnership decided to admit D as a new partner with a one-fifth interest. No goodwill or bonus is to be recorded how much should D contributed in cash or other assets? A. P120,000 B. P115,000 C. P92,000 D. P73,600 9. A, B and C have capital balances of P112,000, P130,000 and P58,000, respectively, and share profits in the ratio 3:2:1. D invest cash in the partnership for a one-fourth interest. Assume D receives a one-fourth interest in the assets of the partnership and B is credited with P15,000 of the bonus from D, how much cash D invest? a. P115,000 b. P105,000 c. P160,000 * d. P120,000 10. Jaime Dizon, a partner in an accounting firm, decided to withdraw from the partnership. Dizon’s share of the partnership profits and losses was 20%. Upon withdrawing from the partnership, he was paid P74,000 in final settlement for his interest. The total of the partners’ capital accounts before recognition of partnership goodwill prior to Dizon’s withdrawal was P210,000. After his withdrawal, the remaining partners’ capital accounts, excluding their share of goodwill, totalled P160,000. The implied goodwill of the firm was: a. P120,000 b. P140,000 c. P160,000 d. P250,000 Partnership liquidation (lump sum) 1. R, S and T decided to dissolve the partnership on November 30, 2015. Their capital balances and profit ratios follow: R, capital- P50,000 (40%); S, Capital- P60,000 (30%); and T, capital- P20,000 (30%). The net income from January 1 to November 30,2015 is P54,000. Also, on this date, cash and liabilities are P40,000 and P90,000 respectively. On November 30,2015, the book value of the non-cash assets amounted to: A. P234,000 B. P243,000 C. P274,000 D. P314,000 2. On September 21, 2008, Tina, Donna and Gina formed a partnership investing cash of P189,000, P170,100 and P52,920, respectively. The partners share profits 3:2:2 and on October 17, 2008, they have cash of P12,600, and other assets of P598,500; liabilities are P322,560. On this date they decided to go out of business and sell all the assets for P378,000. Gina has personal assets of P18,900 that may, if necessary, be used to meet partnership obligations. How much should be distributed to Donna upon liquidation of the partnership? a. P25,704 b. P61,236 c. P0 d. P50,400 3. Sy, Ty, Uy, and Vet are partners sharing profits in the ratio of 3/21, 4/21, 6/21, 8/21. Their capital balances on December 31,2009 are Sy 500, Ty 12,500, Uy 12500 and Vet 4,500.The partners decided to liquidate their firm and they accordingly covert the non cash assets into 11600 cash. After paying liabilities of 1500, they have 11,100 to divide. How much is the gain (loss) on realization? a. (112500 B. 18900 C. (18400) D. (18900) 4. Partner T is personally insolvent, owing $400,000. Personal assets will only bring $150,000 when liquidated. At the same time, T has a credit capital balance in the partnership of $85,000. The capital amounts of the other partners total a (credit) balance of $200,000. Under the doctrine of marshaling of assets, the personal creditors of T can collect up to __________. A. B. C. D. 5. $150,000 $235,000 $400,000 $435,000 Partners Able, Baker, and Chapman have the following personal assets, personal liabilities, and partnership capital balances: Able Baker Chapman Personal assets 30,000 80,000 60,000 Personal liabilities 25,000 50,000 72,000 Capital balances 50,000 (32,000) 70,000 Assume profits and losses are allocated equally. After applying the doctrine of marshaling of assets, the capital balances for Able, Baker, and Chapman, respectively, would be a. 50,000, (2,000), and 58,000. b. 48,000, 0, and 58,000. c. 49,000, 0, and 57,000. d. 34,000, 0, and 54,000. 6. The following balance sheet is presented for the partnership of D, E and F who share profits and losses in the ratio of 5:3:2, respectively: Cash P 60,000 Liabilities P140,000 Other assets 540,000 D, Capital 280,000 E, Capital 160,000 F, Capital 20,000 Total P600,000 Total P600,000 The partners decided to liquidate the partnership. If the other assets are sold for P400,000, how should the available cash be distributed to each partner, respectively? (a) P280,000, P160,000, P20,000 (c) P206,000, P114,000, P 0 (b) P210,000, P118,000, P8,000 (d) P205,000, P115,000, P 0 7. A, B, and C partnership began the process of liquidation with the following balance sheet: Cash P16,000 Non-cash assets 434,000 Liabilities 150,000 A, capital 80,000 cr. B, Capital 90,000 cr. C, Capital 130,000 cr. A, B, and C share profits and losses in the ratio of 3:2:5. Liquidation expenses are expected to be 12,000. After the liquidation expenses of P12,000 had been paid and the non-cash assets sold, C had a deficit of P8,000. For what amount were the non-cash assets sold? A. P170,000 B. P264,000 C. P158,000 D. P146,000 8. J, C, P are partners with a profit and loss ratio of 4:3:3. The partnership was liquidated and, prior to the liquidation process, the partnership balance sheet was as follows: Cash P60,000 J, Capital P216,000 Other assets 540,000 C, Capital 240,000 P, capital 144,000 After the partnership was liquidated and the cash was distributed, C received P96,000 in cash in full settlement of his interest. The liquidation loss must have been A. P360,000 B. P144,000 C. P504,000 D. P480,000 9. A, B and C have capital balances of P90,000,P60,000 and P30,000, respectively. Profits are allocated to 35% to A, 35% to B, and 30% to C. the partners have decided to dissolve and liquidate the partnership. After paying all creditors , the amount available for distribution is P60,000. A, B and C are all personally solvent. Under the circumstances , C will A. Receive P18,000 B. Receive P30,000 C. Personally have to contribute an additional P6,000 D. Personally have to contribute an additional P36,000 10. A local partnership has cash of P5,000 and a building P80,000. All liabilities have been paid and the partners are all insolvent. The partners’ capital account are as follows H P40,000, L P30,000 and W P15,000. The partners share profits and losses 4:4:2. If the building is sold for P50,000, how much cash will H receive in the final settlement? A. P9,000 B. P15,000 C. P28,000 D. P25,000 Partnership liquidation (installment) 11. Partners A, B, and C have capital balances of P20,000, P50,000 and P 90,000, respectively, just before liquidation. They split profits in the ratio of 2:4:4, respectively. Under a safe cash distribution, one of the partners will get the following total amount in liquidation before any other partners get anything. A. P0 B. P15,000 C. P40,000 D. P180,000 12. Partners Sasha, Haly and Jane share profits and losses in the ratio of 5:3:2. At the end of a very unprofitable year, they decided to liquidate the firm. The partners’ capital account balances at this time are as follows: Sasha P123,300 Jane P44,000 Haly 139,440 The liabilities accumulate to P168,000, including a loan of P56,000 from Sasha. The cash balance is P33,600. All the partners are personally solvent. The partners plan to sell the assets in installment. If Haly received P20,160 from the first distribution of cash, how much did Sasha receive at that time? a. P11,200 b. P4,480 c. P6,720 d. P0 13. The Walker, Wilson, and Winston Partnership is being liquidated. All liabilities have been paid. The balance of assets on hand is being realized gradually. The following are details of partners’ accounts: Capital Account Drawing Account Loans to P/L Balances Balances Partnership Walker P200,000 P15,000 Cr. P150,000 5 Wilson 250,000 20,000 Dr. - 2 Winston 100,000 30,000 Cr. 50,000 Ratio 3 If you are to rank the partners from the most vulnerable to the least vulnerable, the ranking will be as follows: a. Walker, Wilson, and Winston, respectively. c. Winston, Wilson and Walker, respectively b. Wilson, Walker, and Winston, respectively. d. Winston, Walker and Wilson, respectively. * 14. Partners A, B and C share profits and losses in the ratio of 5:3:2. At the end of a very unprofitable year, they decided to liquidate the firm. The partner’s capital account balances at this time are as follows: A, P616,000; B, P697,200; C, P420,000. The liabilities accumulate to P840,000, including a loan of P280,000 from A. The cash balance is P168,000. All the partners are personally solvent. The partners plan to sell the assets in instalment. If B received P100,800 from the first distribution of cash, how much did C receive at that time? a. b. c. d. P56,000 P33,600 P22,400 P61,600 15. Partners A, B, C, and D have been operating ABCD Partnership for ten years. Due to a significant reduction in the demand for their product over recent years, the partners have agreed to liquidate the partnership. At the time of liquidation, balance sheet accounts consisted of cash, P103,500; noncash assets, P300,000; liabilities to outsiders, P60,000; capital credit balances for partners A, B, and C, P90,000, P150,000, and P120,000, respectively; and a debit capital balance for partner D of P16,500. Partners share equally in income and loss. It is estimated that the administrative cost of liquidation will total P4,500. While preparing for liquidation, an unrecorded liability of P7,500 was discovered. Assuming the available cash of P103,500 was distributed, how much must be the share of partner B? a. P31,500 b. P30,750 * c. P65,167 d. none 16. The Walker, Wilson, and Winston Partnership is being liquidated. All liabilities have been paid. The balance of assets on hand is being realized gradually. The following are details of partners’ accounts: Capital Account Drawing Account Loans to P/L Balances Balances Partnership Ratio Walker P200,000 P15,000 Cr. P150,000 Wilson 250,000 20,000 Dr. - 2 Winston 100,000 30,000 Cr. 50,000 3 5 If partner Walker receives P150,000, how much partner Wilson receives? a. P144,000 * b. P51,000 c. P86,000 d. PP129,000 17. Assume that a partnership had assets with a book value of $240,000 and a market value of $195,000, outside liabilities of $70,000, loans payable to partner Able of $20,000, and capital balances for partners Able, Baker, and Chapman of $70,000, $30,000, and $50,000. How would the first $100,000 of available assets be distributed assuming profits and losses are allocated equally? a. $70,000 to outside liabilities, $20,000 to Able, and the balance equally among the partners b. $70,000 to outside liabilities and $30,000 to Able c. $70,000 to outside liabilities, $25,000 to Able, and $5,000 to Chapman d. $40,000 to Able, $20,000 to Chapman, and the balance equally among the partners 18. Assume that a partnership had assets with a book value of $240,000 and a market value of $195,000, outside liabilities of $70,000, loans payable to partner Able of $20,000, and capital balances for partners Able, Baker, and Chapman of $70,000, $30,000, and $50,000. If all outside creditors and loans to partners had been paid, how would the balance of the assets be distributed assuming that Chapman had already received assets with a value of $30,000 assuming profits and losses are allocated equally? a. Each of the partners would receive $25,000. b. Each of the partners would receive $40,000. c. Able: $70,000, Baker: $30,000, Chapman: $20,000 d. Able: $55,000, Baker: $15,000, Chapman: $5,000 19. ALP partnership of Alan, Lemuel, and Paul is beginning liquidation. It has no cash, total liabilities of P60,000 including a P10,000 loan payable to Lemuel, and equal partners’ capital balances of P40,000. The income-sharing ratio is 5:1:4, respectively. If a portion of the noncash assets with a carrying amount of P140,000 realizes P120,000, the cash payment that Lemuel receives A. P20,000 B. P44,000 C. P53,000 D. some other amount 20. J, S and H, partners, share net income and losses in the ratio 5:3:2. The partners decided to liquidate the partnership. Their balance sheet prior to liquidation is: Cash P 40,000 Liabilities P 60,000 Other assets 210,000 J, Loan 8,000 J, Capital 40,000 S, Capital 72,000 H, Capital 70,000 Total P250,000 Total P250,000 The partnership is to be liquidated by installment. The first sale of non-cash assets with a carrying amount of P120,000 realized P90,000. Liquidation expenses paid amounted to P2,000. How much cash should be distributed to each partner, respectively? (a) P 0, P35,400, P45,600 (c) P 0, P 9,600, P28,400 (b) P32,000, P62,400, P63,600 (d) P 0, P27,600, P40,400 Corporate liquidation 21. The following amounts were taken from the statement of affairs for Bagsak Company: Unsecured liabilities without priority P90,000 Stockholders' equity 36,000 Loss on realization of assets 45,000 Estimated administrative expenses that have entered in the accounting records Unsecured liabilities with priority not been 4,500 10,000 The estimated payment for the unsecured liabilities without priority will be A. P76,500 C. P81,000 B. P77,850 22. D. P90,000 The following amounts were taken from the statement of affairs for Bagsak Company Unsecured liabilities without priority P90,000 Stockholders' equity 36,000 Loss on realization of assets 45,000 Estimated administrative expenses that have entered in the accounting records Unsecured liabilities with priority not been 4,500 10,000 How much is the net realizable value of the total assets? A. P36,000 B. P 136,00 C. P 91,000 D. P100,000 23. following were taken from the statement of affairs of Nodebt Company Assets pledged with fully secured creditors P71,000 Assets pledged with partially secured creditors 12,500 Free assets 11,000 Preferred creditors 3,000 Fully secured creditors 69,000 Partially secured creditors 20,000 Unsecured creditors without priority 18,000 The estimated deficiency to unsecured creditors is A. P5,000 B. P12,500 C. P15,500 D. P14,500 24. The following data were taken from the statement of affairs of Hopeless Company Assets pledged with fully secured creditors P 218,750 Assets pledged with partially secured creditors 157,500 Free assets 152,250 Fully secured liabilities 175,000 Partially secured liabilities 192,500 Unsecured liabilities without priority 157,500 Unsecured liabilities with priority 22,750 Which of the following estimated payments to types of liabilities is correct? A. Fully secured liabilities P218,750 B. Partially secured liabilities 192,500 C. Unsecured liabilities with priority 20,475 D. Unsecured liabilities without priority 141,750 25. A review of the assets and liabilities of G Company in bankruptcy on June 30, 2008,discloses the following: a. A mortgage payable of P118,000, is secured by building valued at P39,000 less than its book value of P172,000. b. Notes payable of P57,000 is secured by furniture and equipment with a book value of P76,000 that is 3/5 realizable. c. Assets other than those referred to have an estimated value of P44,000, an amount that is 75% of its book value d. Liabilities other than those referred to total P91,000, which included claims with priority of P23,000. How much was paid to the partially secured creditors? A. P52,340 B. P48,260 C. P49,380 D. P50,769 26. The following data are provided by the Troubled Company: Assets at the book value P150,000 Assets at net realizable value 105,000 Liabilities at book value: Fully secured mortgage 60,000 Unsecured accounts and notes payable 70,000 Unrecorded liabilities: Interest on bank notes 500 Estimated cost of administering estates 6,000 The court has appointed a trustee to liquidate the company: .The journal entry made by the trustee to record the assets and liabilities should include an estate deficit of: a.P31,500 c. P25,500 b. 31,000 d. 25,000 27. Using the same information above, the statement of affairs prepared by the trustee at this time should include an estimated deficiency to unsecured creditors of: a. P45,000 c.P31,500 b. P 39,000 d.P 25,000 28. The accountant of Holy company under liquidated provided the following data: Assets at book value Assets at net realizable value P100,000 75,000 Liabilities at book value: Fully secured mortgage payable 40,000 Unsecured accounts and notes payable 45,000 Unrecorded Liabilities: Interest on bank notes Administrative Expenses 250 4,000 A trustee is appointed to liquidate the company. Using the data above, what is the estimated deficiency to unsecured creditors? 29. a. P35,000 b. P31,000 c. P14,250 d. P10,000 Lakeside Bank holds a 100,000 note secured by a building owned by Fly-By-Night Manufacturing, which has filed for bankruptcy. If the property has a book value of 120,000 and a fair market value of 90,000, what is the best way to describe the note held by Second City Bank? The bank has a(n) A. secured claim of 100,000. B.unsecured claim of 100,000. C. secured claim of 90,000 and an unsecured claim of 10,000. D. secured claim of 100,000 and an unsecured claim of 20,000. Prepared by: Dejarme, Johannah Rose M. Polancos, Jean Claire P . Mindanao State University General Santos City ADVANCE ACCOUNTING1 MCQ‘s PROBLEMS AND THEORIES Source : Mr Antonio Jaramillo Dayag, CPA, MBA Prepared By: Ms. Angel D. Pates and Angelli Lamique Chapter 1 Partnership Formation THEORIES 1. The partnership form of business is: a. An economic entity. b. A separate legal entity, just as a corporation is a legal entity. c. A taxable entity. d. A fiscal entity. 2. A distinct and major advantage of the professional corporation form of organization in comparison with the partnership form of organization is: a. Limited liability with respect to damages arising from professional services. b. Greater allowable tax deductions for retirement plans. c. Ease of formation d. Book value e. Historical cost 3. Which of the following is not a characteristic of a partnership? a. The partnership itself pays no income taxes. b. It is easy to form a partnership. c. Any partner can be held personally liable for all debts of the business. d. A partnership requires written Articles of Partnership. e. Each partner has the power to obligate the partnership for liabilities. 4. The advantages of the partnership form of business organization, compared to corporations, include a. Single taxation b. Ease of raising capital c. Mutual Agency d. Limited Liability e. Difficulty of formation 5. Which of the following is NOT a characteristic of the proprietary theory that influences accounting for partnerships? a. Partners’ salaries are viewed as a distribution of income rather than a component of net income. b. A partnership is not viewed as a separate, distinct, taxable entity. c. A partnership is characterized by limited liability. d. Changes in the ownership structure of a partnership result in the dissolution of the partnership. PROBLEMS 6. Albert, Claude, and Jamie form a partnership by contributing P25,000, P70,000, and P80,000, respectively. In addition, the partners agree that Albert should receive P20,000 of goodwill because of his special skills relevant to this business. What amount of capital will exist for Claude when the partnership is formed? a. P60,000 b. P65,000 c. P70,000 d. Some other amount 7. Bill and Ken enter into a partnership agreement in which Bill is to have a 60% interest in capital and profits and Ken is to have a 40% interest in capital and profits. Bill contributes the following: Land Building Equipment Cost P10,000 P100,000 P20,000 Fair value P20,000 P60,000 P15,000 There is a P30,000 mortgage on the building that the partnership agrees to assume. Ken contributes P50,000 cash to the partnership. Bill and Ken agree that Ken’s capital account should equal Ken’s P50,000 cash contribution and that goodwill (revaluation of asset) should be recorded. Goodwill (revaluation of asset) should be recorded in the amount of: a. P10,000 b. P15,000 c. P16,667 d. P20,000 8. Paul, Jeremy, and Juan are forming a partnership. Juan contributes a building having an historical cost, accumulated depreciation, and market value of P290,000, P100,000, and P400,000, respectively. The building is initially recorded on the partnership’s books at Juan’s book value (P190,000). Two years later the building is sold for a P270,000 gain. What portion of the profit or loss should be allocated to Juan? a. P20,000 b. P90,000 c. P210,000 d. P230,000 9. Jones and Smith formed a partnership with each partner contributing the following items: Cash Building-Cost to Jones -Fair Value Inventory- Cost Smith -Fair Value Mortgage Payable Account Payable Jones P80,000 300,000 Smith P40,000 400,000 200,000 280,000 120,000 60,000 Assume that for tax purposes Jones and Smith agree to share equally in the liabilities assumed by the Jones and Smith partnership. What is the balance in each partner’s capital account for financial accounting purposes? a. Jones- P350,000 and Smith- P270,000 b. Jones- P260,000 and Smith- P180,000 c. Jones- P360,000 and Smith- P260,000 d. Jones- P500,000 and Smith- P300,000 10. On July 1, ML and PP formed a partnership, agreeing to share profits and losses in the ratio of 4:6, respectively. ML contributed a parcel of land that cost her P25,000. PP contributed P50,000 cash. The land was sold for P50,000 on July 1, four hours after formation of the partnership. How much should be recorded in ML’s capital account on the partnership formation? a. P10,000 b. P20,000 c. P25,000 d. P50,000 CHAPTER 2 Partnership Operation THEORIES 1. Partnership drawings are a. Always maintained in a separate account from the partner’s capital account. b. Equal to partners’ salaries. c. Usually maintained in a separate draw account with any excess draws being debited directly to the capital account. d. Not discussed in the specific contract provisions of the partnership. 2. Which of the following would be least likely to be used as a means of allocating profits among partners who are active in the management of the partnership? a. Salaries b. Bonus as a percentage of net income before the bonus c. Bonus as a percentage of sales in excess of a targeted amount d. Interest on average capital balances 3. A partnership agreement calls for allocation of profits and losses by salary allocations, a bonus allocation, interest on capital, with any remainder to be allocated by preset ratios. If a partnership has a loss to allocate, generally which of the following procedures would be applied? a. Any loss would be allocated equally to all partners. b. Any salary allocation criteria would not be used. c. The bonus criteria would not be used. d. The loss would be allocated using the profit and loss ratios, only. 4. Which of the following statement is true concerning the treatment of salaries in partnership accounting? a. Partner salaries may be used to allocate profits and losses; they are not considered expenses of the partnership b. Partner salaries are equal to the annual partner draw. c. The salary of a partner is treated in the same manner as salaries of corporate employees. d. Partner salaries are directly closed to the capital account. 5. Which of the following could be used as a basis to allocate profits among partners who are active in the management of the partnership? 1) Allocation of salaries 2) The number of years with the partnership 3) The amount of time each partner works 4) The average capital invested a. 1 and 2 b. 1 and 3 c. 1, 2 and 3 d. 1, 3 and 4 e. 1, 2, 3, and 4 PROBLEMS 6. Partners A and B have a profit and loss agreement with the following provisions: salaries of P30,000 and P45,000 for A and B, respectively; a bonus to A of 12% of net income after salaries and bonus; and interest of 10% on average capital balances of P50,000 and P65,000 for A and B, respectively. One-fourth of any remaining profits are allocated to A and the balance to B. If the partnership had net income of P108,600. How much should be allocated to Partner A? a. P43,225 b. P43,816 c. P47,850 d. P65,375 7. X, Y, and Z, a partnership formed on January 1, 20x4 had the following initial investment: X Y Z P100,000 150,000 225,000 The partnership agreement states that the profits and losses are to be shared equally by the partners after consideration is made for the following: Salaries allowed to partners: P60,000 for X, P48,000 for Y, and P36,000 for Z. Average partners’ capital balances during the year shall be allowed 10%. Additional information: On June 30, 20x4, X invested an additional P60,000. ZZ withdrew P70,000 from the partnership on September 30, 20x4. Share the remaining partnership profit was P5,000 for each partner. Partnership net profit on December 31, 20x4 before salaries, interests and partner’s share on the remainder was: a. b. c. d. P199,750 P207,750 P211,625 P222,750 8. A partnership begins its first year of operations with the following capital balances: Winston, Capital Durham, Capital Salem, Capital P110,000 80,000 110,000 According to the articles of partnership, all profits will be assigned as follows: Winston will be awarded an annual salary of P20,000 with P10,000 assigned to Salem. The partners will be attributed interest equal to 10 percent of the capital balance as of the first day of the year. The remainder will be assigned on a 5:2:3 basis, respectively. Each partner is allowed to withdraw up to P10,000 per year. Assume that the net loss for the first year of operations is P20,000 and that net income for the subsequent year is P40,000. Assume also that each partner withdraws the maximum amount from the business each period. What is the balance in Winston’s capital account at the end of the second year? a. P102,600 b. P104,400 c. P108,600 d. P109,200 9. Maxwell is trying to decide whether to accept a salary of P60,000 or a salary of P25,000 plus a bonus of 20% of net income after the bonus as a means of allocating profit among the partners. What amount of income would be necessary so that Maxwell would consider the choices to be equal? a. P35,000 b. P85,000 c. P140,000 d. P210,000 10. Garcia and Henson formed a partnership on January 2, 20x4, and agreed to share profits 90%, 10%, respectively. Garcia contributed capital of P25,000. Henson contributed no capital withdrawals during the year. The partnership agreement provides for the following: Capital accounts are to be credited annually with interest at 5% of beginning capital. Henson is to be paid salary of P1,000 a month. Henson is to receive a bonus of 20% of income calculated before deducting his salary and interest on both capital accounts. The partnership 20x4 income statement follows: Revenues Expenses(including salary, interest, and bonus) Net Income P96,450 49,700 P46,750 CHAPTER 3 Partnership Dissolution THEORIES 1. Transferable interest of a partner includes all of the following except: a. The partner’s share of the profits and losses of the partnership b. The right to receive distributions c. The right to receive any liquidating distribution d. The authority to transact any of the partnership’s business operations 2. Which of the following must occur for a new partner to enter the partnership by acquiring an ownership interest directly from an existing partner? a. Existing partners must know the amount the new partner is paying for the ownership interest b. The new partner must acquire all of the current partner’s ownership interest c. Existing partners must approve the admission of the new partner into the partnership d. The new partner must live in the same state as the other partners 3. Which of the following is not a criterion for recognizing a bonus to existing partners when a new partner joins the partnership? a. Only cash assets were contributed to the partnership by the new partner b. The existing partners desire to not recognize goodwill on the balance sheet c. The articles of partnership indicate that the bonus method will be used to admit new partners d. The new partner invests more into the partnership that his/her share of total partnership capital after the investment is made 4. Which of the following statements is false with regard to the goodwill recognized for a new partner entering a partnership? a. The new partner’s capital account balance will exceed the amount invested b. The existing partners’ capital accounts will remain unchanged c. The amount invested by the new partner will be less than his/her proportion of the partnership’s book value before goodwill is recognized d. The three partners will have equal capital account balances when the transaction is completed 5. When a new partner is admitted into a partnership and the old partners’ goodwill is recognized, the goodwill is allocated to: I. All the partners in their profit-and-loss sharing ratio. II. The old partners in their profit and loss sharing ratio. a. I only b. II only c. Either I or II d. Neither I nor II PROBLEMS 6. William desires to purchase a one-fourth capital and profit and loss interest in the partnership of Eli, George, and Dick. The three partners agree to sell William one-fourth of their respective capital and profit and loss interests in exchange for a total payment of P40,000. The capital accounts and the respective percentage interests in profits and losses immediately before the sale to William are as follows: Eli Capital George Capital Dick Capital 60% 30% 10% P80,000 40,000 20,000 P140,000 All other assets and liabilities are fairly valued, and implied goodwill is to be recorded prior to the acquisition by William. Immediately after William’s acquisition, what should be the capital balances of Eli, George, and Dick, respectively? a. P60,000, P30,000, P15,000 b. P69,000, P34,500, P16,500 c. P77,000, P38,500, P19,500 d. P92,000, P46,000, P22,000 7. A partnership has the following capital balances: Partners William (40% of gains and losses) Jennings (40%) Bryan (20%) Capital Balance P220,000 160,000 110,000 Darrow invests P270,000 in cash for a 30% ownership interest. The money goes to the original partners. Goodwill is to be recorded. How much goodwill should be recognized, and what is Darrow’s beginning capital balance? a. P410,000 and P270,000 b. P140,000 and P270,000 c. P140,000 and P189,000 d. P410,000 and P189,000 8. A partnership has the following capital balances: Partners Allen Burns Castello Capital Balance P60,000 30,000 90,000 Profits and losses are split as follows: Allen (20%), Burns (30%), and Costello (50%). Costello wants to leave the partnership and is paid P100,000 from the business based on provisions in the articles of partnership. If the partnership uses the bonus method, what is the balance of Burn’s capital account after Costello withdraws? a. P24,000 b. P27,000 c. P33,000 d. P36,000 9. Assuming that a partnership currently consists of two partners, Adams and Brown, with respective capital interests of P60,000 and P40,000. Adams and Brown share income and losses in the ratio of 6:4. Both partners agree to the admission of a new partner. Assume that Call was admitted as a new partner by acquiring 30% capital interest and profit and loss ratio also at 30% in the partnership by paying the partners P36,000. Given the choice between book value approach (or bonus method) and revaluation of assets (or goodwill method), Call will: a. Prefer book value (or bonus) method due to Call’s gain of P6,000. b. Prefer book value (or bonus) method due to Call’s gain of P12,000. c. Prefer revaluation (or goodwill) method due to Call’s gain of P6,000. d. Be indifferent for the revaluation (goodwill) and the book value (or bonus) methods are the same. 10. Partners Art and Tony, who share equally in profits and losses, have the following balance sheet as of December 31, 20x4: Cash Receivable Inventory Equipment Total P120,000 100,000 140,000 80,000 P440,000 Accounts Payable Accumulated Depreciation Art, capital Tony, capital Total P172,000 8,000 140,000 120,000 P440,000 They agreed to incorporate their partnership, with the new corporation absorbing the net assets after the following adjustments: provision of allowances for bad debts of P10,000; statement of the inventory as its current fair value of P160,000; and, recognition of further depreciation on the equipment of P3,000. The corporation’s capital stock is to have a par value of P100, and the partners are to be issued corresponding total shares equivalent to their adjusted capital balances. The total par value of the shares of capital stock that were issued to partners Art and Tony was: a. P260,000 b. P267,000 c. P273,000 d. P280,000 Chapter 4 Partnership Lump-sum Liquidation THEORIES 1. If cash payment to partners of a limited partnership in liquidation are delayed until all non cash assets have been realized, any cash remaining after all partnership creditors have been paid is distributed : a. According to the liquidator’s best judgment b. In the ratio for sharing the net income and losses c. In the amount equal to the partners’ loan and capital balances 2. 3. 4. 5. d. In some other answer Which of the following statements is correct regarding a partner’s debit capital balances? a. The partners should make contribution to reduce the debit balance too whatever extent possible. b. If contribution are not possible, the other partners with credit capital balances will be allocated of a portion of the debit balance based on their proportionate profit-and-loss-sharing ratio c. Partners who absorb another’s debit capital balance have a legal claim against the deficit partner. d. All of these statements are correct. If condition produce a debit balance in a partner’s capital account when liquidation losses are allocated a. The partner receives further allocation of liquidation losses, but not gains. b. The partner receives no further allocation of liquidation losses and gains. c. The partner is no longer obligated to partnership creditors. d. The partner has an obligation of personal net assets to the other partners. Which of the following procedures is acceptable when accounting for a deficit balance in a partner’s capital account during partnership liquidation? a. A partner with a negative capital balance must contribute personal assets to the partnerships that are sufficient to bring the capital account to zero. b. If a partner with a negative capital balance is personally insolvent, the negative capital balance may be absorb by those partners having a positive capital balance according to the residual profit and loss sharing ratios that applies to all partners. c. If a partner with a negative capital balance is personally insolvent, the negative capital balance may be absorb by those partners having a positive capital balance according to the residual profit and loss sharing ratios apply to those having positive balances. d. All of the above procedures are acceptable. In partnership liquidation, how are partner salaries are allocated? a. Salary allocations take precedence over creditor payments b. Salary allocations take precedence over amount due to partners with respect to their capital interests, but not profits. c. Salary allocations take precedence over amounts due to partners with respect to their capital profits, but not capital interest d. Salary allocations are disregarded PROBLEMS 6. Larry, Marsha and Natalie are partners in a company that is being liquidated. They share profit and loss 55%, 20% and 25%, respectively. When the liquidation begins they have capital account balances of P108,000, P62,000, and P56,000, respectively. The partnership just sold equipment with a historical cost and accumulate depreciation of P25,000 and P18,000, respectively for P10,000. What is the balance in Marsha’s capital account after the transaction is completed? a. 62,000 b. 61,400 c. 62,600 d. 65,000 7. As of December 31, 2015, the books of Ton Partnership showed capital account balances of: T P40,000; O P25,000; N P5,000. The partnership profit and loss ratio was 3:2:1, respectively. The partners decided to liquidate and they sold all their noncash asset for P37,000. After settlement of all liabilities amounting P12,000, they still have cash of P28,000 left for distribution. Assuming that any capital debit balance is uncollectible, the share of T in the distribution of the P28,000 cash would be: a. 17,800 b. 18,000 c. 19,000 d. 17,000 8. After all noncash asset have been converted into cash in the liquidation of AA and JJ partnership, the ledger contains the following account balances: Cash ………………………………………………………………………… Accounts Payable……………………………………………………. Loan Payable to AA…………………………………………………. AA, Capital………………………………………………………………. JJ, Capital…………………………………………………………………. Debit 34,000 Credit 25,000 9,000 8,000 8,000 Available cash should be distributed: P25,000 to accounts payable and; a. b. c. d. P9,000 loan payable to AA P4,500 each to AA and JJ P1,000 to AA and P8,000 to JJ P8,000 to AA and P1,000 to JJ 9. Jar, Ram, and Millo, who divides profit and losses 50%, 20%, and 30%, respectively, have the following October 31, 2015 account balances: Jar, Drawing (Dr)………………………………………………….. P12,000 Millo, Drawing (Cr)……………………………………………… 4,800 Accounts Receivable—Jar………………………………….. 7,200 Loans Payable –Ram……………………………………………. 14,400 Jam, Capital…………………………………………………………. 59,400 Ram, Capital…………………………………………………………. 44,400 Millo, capital………………………………………………………… 39,000 The partnership’s assets are P211,200 ( including cash of P64,200). The partnership is liquidated and Millo receives P33,000 in final settlement. How much is the total loss on realization? a. P10,800 b. 31,200 c. 54,000 d. 64,200 10. After operating for five years, the books of the partnership of Bo and By showed the following balances: Net assets………………………………………………………… Bo, capital………………………………………………………… By, capital…………………………………………………………. P169,000 110,500 58,500 If liquidation takes place at this point and the net assets are realized at book value the partners are entitled to: a. b. c. d. Bo to receive P115,000 and By t received P52,000 Bo to receive P126,750 and By to receive P42,250 Bo to receive P84,500 and By to receive P84,500 Bo to receive P110,500 and By to receive P58,500 Chapter 5 Partnership Installment Liquidation THEORIES 1. Which of the following is correct with regard to partnership liquidation? a. All creditors must be paid in full before the distributions can be made to partners. b. Partner capital contributions and undistributed income are viewed as distinct in the Uniform Partnership Act. c. All creditors are equal with regard to priority of claim against partnership assets. d. Loans from partners to partnership have the same priority claim against partnership assets as to creditor claims from the other assets. 2. In accounting for partnership liquidation, cash payment to partners after all creditor’s claim have been satisfied, but before the final cash distribution, should be according to: a. The partners’ relative profit and loss sharing ratios. b. The final balances in partner capital accounts. c. The partners’ relative share of the gain or loss on liquidation. d. Safe payment s computation 3. In a partnership liquidation, the final cash distribution to the partners should be made in accordance with the: a. Partners’ profit and sharing ratio b. Balances of the partners’ capital accounts. c. Ratio of the capital contributions by the partners d. Ratio of capital contributions less withdrawals by the partners. 4. The partnership of Angel, Leigh and Rose was insolvent and will be unable to pay P30,000 in liabilities currently due. What recourse was available to the partnership’s creditors? a. They must present an equal claims to the three partners as individual b. They must try to obtain a payment from the partner with the largest capital account balances. c. They cannot seek remunerations from the partners as individuals. d. They may seek remuneration from any of the partner they choose. e. They must present their claims to the three partners in the order of the partner’s capital account balances. 5. In partnership liquidations, what are safe payments? a. The amounts of distribution that can be made to the partners, after all creditors have been paid in full. b. The amounts of distributions that can be made to the partners with assurance that such amount will not have to be returned to the partnership. c. The amount of distribution that can be made to the partners, after all noncash assets have been adjusted to fair market value. d. All of the above are examples of the safe payments concept. PROBLEMS 6. When Mikki and Mylene, partners who share earnings equally, were incapacitated in an airplane accident, a liquidator was appointed to wind up their business. The accounts showed cash, P35,000; other assets, P110,000; Liabilities, P20,000; Mikki, Capital, P71,000; Mylene, Capital, P54,000. Because of highly specialized nature of the noncash assets, the liquidator anticipated that considerable time would be required to dispose them. The expenses of liquidating the business( advertising , rent, travel , etc) are estimated at P10,000. How much cash can be distributed safely to each partner at this point? a. b. c. d. P5,000 to Mikki; and P0 to Mylene P5,000 to Mikki; andP500 to Mylene P3,000 to Mikki; and P0 to Mylene P5,000 to Mikki; and P1,000 to Mylene 7. PP, QQ , and RR, partners to a firm, have capital balances of P11,200, P13,000, and P5,800, respectively, and share profits in the ratio of 4:2:1. Prepare a schedule showing how available cash will be given to the partners as it becomes available. Who among the partners shall be paid first with an available cash of P1,400? a. QQ b. No one c. RR d. PP 8. Scott, Joe, and Ed are liquidating their partnership. At the date liquidation begins Scott, Joe and Ed have capital account balances of P162,000, P192,500, and P215,000, respectively and the partners share profits and losses 40%, 35%, and 25%, respectively. In addition, the partnership has a P36,000 Notes Payable to Scott and a P20,000 Notes Receivable from Ed. When the liquidation begins, what is the loss absorption power with respect to Joe? a. P192,500 b. 67,375 c. P550,000 d. 770,000 9. The balance sheet of the Queen, Reed, and Stac Partnership at the end of its fiscal year on October 31, 2015 are as follows: ASSETS LIABILITIES AND EQUITY Cash Receivables -net Inventory Plant Assets- net Loadn Reed Total Assets P 15,000 20,000 40,000 70,000 5,000 150,00 0 Liabilities Loan from Stac Queen, Capital-30% Reed, capital- 50% Stac , capital- 20% Total Liabilities and Equity P50,00 0 10,000 45,000 30,000 15,000 150,00 0 The partners decide to liquidate the partnership. They estimate that the noncash assets, other than loan to Reed, can be converted into P100,000 cash over the two-months period ending December 31, 2015. Cash is to be distributed to the appropriate parties as it becomes available during the liquidation process. The partner most vulnerable to partnership losses on liquidation is: a. Queen b. Reed c. Reed and Queen equally d. Stac 10. Using the same information in No. 9, and P65,000 is available for first distribution, it should be paid to: Priority Creditor s a. b. c. d. P60,000 60,000 50,000 50,000 Queen P5,000 1,500 5,000 12,000 Reed P 0 2,500 0 0 Stac P 0 1,000 10,000 3,000 CHAPTER 6 Corporate Liquidation THEORIES 1. The duties of the trustee include: a. Appointing creditor’s committees in liquidation cases. b. Approving all payments for debts incurred before the bankruptcy filing. c. Examining claims and disallowing any that are improper d. Calling a meeting of the debtor’s creditor. 2. When the business becomes insolvent, it generally has three possible courses of action. Which of the following is not one of the three possible courses of action? a. The debtors and its creditors may enter into a contractual agreement, outside of formal bankruptcy proceedings b. The debtors continue operating the business in the normal course of the day-today operations. c. The debtor or its creditors may file a bankruptcy petition, after which the debtor is liquidated. d. The debtor or its creditors may file a petition for reorganization. 3. Which of the statement is true? a. Certain debts are not dischargeable b. The goal of liquidation is to give the company a new start c. All secured claims are paid in full d. The expenses to administer the estate are paid last because they are unsecured. 4. On a balance sheet prepared for a company during its reorganization, at what balance are liabilities reported? a. At the expected amount of the allowed claims b. At the present value of the expected future cash flows c. At the expected amount of the settlement d. At the amount of the anticipated final payment 5. An order for relief a. Prohibits creditors from taking action to collect from an insolvent company without court approval. b. Calls for the immediate distribution of free assets to unsecured creditors. c. Can be entered only in an involuntary bankruptcy proceedings d. Gives an insolvent company time to file a voluntary bankruptcy petition. PROBLEMS Items 6-10 are based on the following data: The Pukaki Company has decided to seek liquidation after previous restructuring and quasi-reorganization attempts failed. The company has the following condensed balance sheet as of May 1, 2015: ASSET Cash Accounts Receivable (net) Inventory Prepaid expense Plant Assets Goodwil l TOTAL P12,000 280,000 70,000 1,000 300,000 39,000 702,000 LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY Accrued Payroll P40,000 Loans from Officer 50,000 Accounts Payable 60,000 Equipment loan Payable 360,000 Business loan payable 180,000 Common Stock Deficit TOTAL 60,000 -48,000 702,000 The equipment loan payable is secured by specific plant asset having a book value of P300,000 and a realizable value of P350,000. Of the accounts payable, P40,000 is secured by inventory which has a cost of P40,000 and a liquidation value of P44,000. The balance of the inventory has a realizable value of P32,000. Accounts Receivable with a book value and market value of P100,000 and P80,000 respectively have been pledged as collateral on the business loan payable. The balance of the accounts receivables have a realizable value of P150,000. 6. Assuming trustee expenses of P12,000 in addition to recorded liabilities , which of the remaining unsecured creditors has the next highest order of priority? a. Accrued payroll b. Equipment loan payable c. Loan from officer d. Business loan payable 7. The realizable value of asset pledged with fully secured creditors is: a. P459,000 b. 44,000 c. 40,000 d. 489,000 8. Of those creditors who are partially secured, their unsecured amounts are: a. P430,000 b. 110,000 c. 540,000 d. 120,000 9. Estimated loss on asset disposition is: a. P51,000 b. 89,000 c. 51,000 d. 90,000 10. Estimated amount paid to partially secured creditor is: a. P70,000 b. 61,600 c. 20,000 d. 50,000 Mindanao State University General Santos City ANSWERS Source : Mr Antonio Jaramillo Dayag, CPA, MBA Prepared By: Ms. Angel D. Pates and Angelli Lamique CHAPTER 1: PARTNERSHIP FORMATION THEORY 1.1 A partnership is formed by two individuals who were previously sole proprietors. Property other than cash which is part of the initial investment in the partnership would be recorded for financial accounting purposes at the: a. Proprietors’ book values or the fair value of the property at the date of the investment, whichever is higher b. Proprietors’ book values or the fair value of the property at the date of the investment, whichever is lower. c. Proprietors’ book values of the property at the date of the investment. d. Fair value of the property at the date of the investment. 1.2. When property other than cash is invested in a partnership, at what amount should the non-cash property be credited to the contributing partner’s capital account? a. Contributing partner’s tax basis. b. Contributing partner’s original cost. c. Assessed valuation for property tax purposes. d. Fair value at the date of contribution. 1.3. An advantage of the partnership as a form of business organization would be a. b. c. d. Partners do not pay income taxes on their share in partnership income. A partnership is bound by the act of the partners A partnership is created by mere agreements of the partners A partnership may be terminated by the death or withdrawal of a partner. 1.4. When property other than cash i invested in a partnership, at what amount should the noncash property be credited to the contributing partner’s capital account? a. b. c. d. Fair value at the date of contribution Contributing partner’s original cost Assessed valuation for property tax purposes Contributing partner’s tax basis 1.5. Partnership capital and drawings are similar to the corporate a. b. c. d. Paid in capital, retained earnings and dividends accounts Retained earnings account Paid in capital and retained earnings accounts Preferred and common stock accounts PROBLEMS 1.6. Abena and Buendia establish a partnership to operate a used-furniture business under the name of A and B Furniture. Abena contributes furniture that cost P60,000 and has a fair value of P90,000. Buendia contributes P30,000 cash and delivery equipment that cost P40,000 and has a fair value of P30,000. The partners agree to share profits and losses 60% to Abena and 40% to Buendia. The peso amount of gain (loss) that will result if the initial noncash contributions of the partners are recorded at cost rather than fair market value will be a. b. c. d. P30,000 and (P10,000) to Abena and Buendia, respectively P12,000 and P8,000 to Abena and Buendia, respectively (P18,000) and P18,000 to Abena and Buendia, respectively P 18,000 and (P18,000) to Abena and Buendia, respectively 1.7. On April 30, 2003, Bautista, Jimenez and Laxamana formed a partnership by combining their separate business proprietorships. Bautista contributed cash of P100,000. Jimenez contributed property with a carrying amount of P72,000, original cost of P80,000, and fair value of P160,000. The partnership accepted responsibility for the P70,000 mortgage attached to the property. Laxamana contributed equipment with a carrying amount of P60,000, original cost of P150,000, and fair value of 110,000. The partnership agreement specifies that profits and losses are to be shared equally but is silent regarding capital contributions. Which partner has the largest capital account balance as of April 30, 2003? a. Bautista b. Jimenez c. Laxamana d. All capital account balances are equal 1.8. G. Macalino and W. Nolasco form a partnership and agree to divide initial capital equally, even though Macalino contributed P100,000 and Nolasco gave P84,000 in identifiable assets. Under the bonus approach to adjust capital accounts, Nolasco’s unidentifiable assets should be debited for a . P8,000 c. P-0- b . P16,000 d . P46,000 1.9. L. Molina and R. Nepomuceno enter into a partnership agreement in which Molina is to have a 60% interest in capital and profits and Nepomuceno is to have a 40% interest in capital and profits. Molina contributes the following: Cost Fair Value Land P 20,000 P 40,000 Building 200,000 120,000 Equipment 40,000 30,000 There is a P60,000 mortgage on the building that the partnership agrees to assume. Nepomuceno contributes P100,000 cash to the partnership. Molina and Nepomuceno agree that Nepomuceno’s capital account should equal Nepomuceno’s P100,000 cash contribution and that goodwill should be recorded. Goodwill should be recorded in the amount of a. P20,000 c. P33,333 b. P30,000 d. P40,000 1.10. On March 1, 2003, Z Roxas and B. Poe decided to combine their business and form a partnership. The balance sheet of Roxas and Poe on March 1, before adjustment is presented below. Roxas Poe Cash P 9,000 P 3,750 Accounts Receivable 18,500 13,500 Inventories 30,000 19,500 Furniture and fixtures (net) 30,000 9,000 Office Equipment (net) 11,500 2,750 6,375 3,000 P105,375 P51,500 P 45,750 P 18,000 Prepaid Expenses Accounts Payable Z. Roxas, Capital 59,625 B. Poe, Capital 33,500 P105,375 P 51,500 They agreed to provide 3% for doubtful accounts on their accounts receivable and found Poe’s furniture to be under depreciated by P900. If each partner’s share in equity is to be equal to the net assets invested, the capital accounts of Roxas and Poe would be: a. P58,170 and P33,095 respectively b. P58,320 and P32,945 respectively c. P59,070 and P32,195 respectively d. P104,820 and P50,195 respectively CHAPTER 2: PARTNERSHIP OPERATIONS THEORY 2.1. Las Vegas retired from the partnership of Las Vegas, New York, and New Jersey. Las Vegas’s cash settlement from the partnership was based on new goodwill determined at the date of retirement plus the carrying amount of the other net assets. As a consequence of the settlement, the capital accounts of New York and New Jersey were decreased. In accounting for Las Vegas’s withdrawal, the partnership could have used the Bonus Method Goodwill Method a. No Yes b. No No c. Yes Yes d. Yes No 2.2. Partners Lovelle and Carlo share income and loss equally after each has been credited in all circumstances with annual salary allowances of P15,000 and P12,000, respectively. Under this arrangement, Lovelle will benefit by P3,000 more than Carlo in which of the following circumstances? a. Only is the partnership has earnings of P27,000 or more for the year. b. Only if the partnership does not incur a loss for the year. c. In all earnings or loss situations. d. Only if the partnership has earnings of at least P3,000 for the year. 2.3. Partners Cora and Zon share income in a 2:1 ratio, respectively. Each partner receives an annual salary allowance of P6,000. If the salaries are recorded in the accounts of the partnership as an expense rather than treated as an allocation of income, the total amount allocated to each partner for salaries and net income would be a. Less for both Cora and Zon. b. More for Cora and less for Zon b. Unchanged for both Cora and Zon. c. d. More for Zon and less for Cora. 2.4. The partnership agreement for the partnership of Brisbane and Ric provided for salary allowances of P450,000 to Brisbane and P350,000 to Ric, and the residual profit was allocated equally. During 2007, Brisbane and Ric each withdraw cash equal to 80 percent of their salary allowances. If during 2008, the partnership had profit in excess of P1,000,000 without regard to salary allowances and withdrawals, Brisbane’s equity in the partnership would a. Increase more than Ric’s c. Increase the same as Ric’s b. Decrease more than Ric’s d. Decrease the same as Ric’s 2.5.Partners C. Fontana and D. Guevarra share income and loss equally after each has been credited in all circumstances with annual salary allowances of P30,000 and P24,000, respectively. Under this arrangement, in which of the following circumstances will Fontana benefit by P6,000 more than Guevarra? a. b. c. d. Only if the partnership has earnings of P54,000 or more for the year Only if the partnership does not incur a loss for the year In all earnings or loss situation Only if the partnership has earnings of at least P6,000 for the year PROBLEMS 2.6. Shue, a partner in the Financial Brokers Partnership, has a 30 percent share in partnership profits and losses. Shue's capital account had a net decrease of 100,000 during 2008. During 2008, Shue withdrew 240,000 as withdrawals and contributed equipment valued at $50,000 to the partnership. What was the net income of the Financial Brokers Partnership for 2008? A. 633,334 B. 466,666 C. 300,000 D. 190,000 2.7. The JPB partnership reported net income of 160,000 for the year ended December 31, 2008. According to the partnership agreement, partnership profits and losses are to be distributed as follows: How should partnership net income for 2008 be allocated to J, P, and B? A. Option A B. Option B C. Option C D. Option D 2.8. Xing Corporation owns 80 percent of the voting common shares of Adams Corporation. Noncontrolling interest was assigned $24,000 of income in the 2009 consolidated income statement. What amount of net income did Adams Corporation report for the year? A. $150,000 B. $96,000 C. $120,000 D. $30,000 2.9. The partnership’s 2003 income statement follows: Revenues P192,900 Expenses (including salary, interest and bonus) 99,400 Net Income P 93,500 Ignoring income tax, what is the amount of bonus to Paredes? a. P23, 376 b. P24, 000 c. P30, 000 d. none of the above 2.10. ABC’s partnership provided for the following distribution of profit and losses: First, Alberto is to receive 10% of the net income up to P1,000,000 and 20% on the amount in excess thereof; Second, Bustamante and Cancio each are to receive 5% of the remaining income in excess of P1, 500,000 after Alberto’s share as per above; and The balance is to be divided equally among the partners. For the year just ended, the partnership realized a net income of P2,500,000 before distribution to partners. How much is the share of Alberto in the income of the partnership? a. P1,000,000 b. P1,300,000 c. d. P1,080,000 P1,100,000 CHAPTER 3: PARTNERSHIP DISSOLUTION: CHANGES IN OWNERSHIP THEORY 3.1. Metcalf, Petersen, and Rusell are partners with capital balances of P50,000, P30,000, P20,000, respectively. The partners share income and loss equally. For an investment of P50,000 cash, Andersen is to be admitted as a partner with a one-fourth interest in capital and income. Based on this information, the amount of Andersen’s investment can best be justified by which of the following? a. Andersen will receive a bonus from the other partners upon her admission to the partnership. b. Assets if the partnership were overvalued immediately prior to Andersen’s investment. c. The books value of the partnership’s net assets was less than their fair value immediately prior to Andersen’s investment. d. Andersen is apparently bringing goodwill into the partnership, and her capital account will be credited for the appropriate amount. 3.2. If L is the total capital of a partnership before the admission of a new partner, I is the total capital of the partnership after the investment of a new partner, M is the amount of the new partner’s investment, B is the amount of the capital credit to the new partner, then there is: a. L bonus to the new partner if I = L + M and B < M. b. Goodwill to the old partners if I > (L + M) and B = M. c. Neither bonus nor goodwill if I = L – M and B > M. d. Goodwill to the new partner if I > (L + M) and B < M. 3.3. In the AMS-ALMS partnership, Ams and Alms had a capital ratio of 3:1 and a profit and loss ratio of 2:1, respectively. The bonus method was used to record Abs’ admittance as a new partner. What ratio should be used to allocate, to Ams and Alms, the excess of Abs’ contribution over the amount credited to Abs’ capital account? a. Ams and Alms’ new relative capital ratio. c. Ams and Alms’ old capital ratio. b. Ams and Alms’ new relative profit and loss ratio. d. Ams and Alms’ old profit and loss ratio. 3.4. When Nora retired from the partnership of Nora, Norman, and Norla, the final settlement of Nora’s interest exceeded Nora’s capital balance. Under the bonus method, the excess: a. Was recorded as goodwill. b. Was recorded as an expense. c. Reduced the capital balances of Norman and Norla d. Had no effect on the capital balances of Norman and Norla. 3.5. The partnership of Eugene, Alfred and Jericho shared profits and losses equally. When Eugene withdrew from the partnership, the partners agreed that there was unrecorded goodwill in the partnership. Under the bonus method, the capital balances of Alfred and Jericho were a. Not affected. b. Each reduced by one-half of the total amount of the unrecorded goodwill. c. Each reduced by one-third of the total amount of the unrecorded goodwill. d. Each reduced by one-half of Eugene’s share of the total amount of the unrecorded goodwill. PROBLEMS 3.6.Ric and Jason shares net income or losses 40% and 60%, respectively. On January 2, 2007, Gen was admitted to the Ric- Gen Jason Partnership by the investment of the net assets of her highly profitable single proprietorship. The partners agreed to the following current fair values of the identifiable net assets of Gen’s single proprietorship; Current assets P70,000, Plant assets P230,000, Liabilities P200,000. The balance sheet of the Ric and Jason partnership on December 31, 2006, follows: Ric and Jason Partnership Condensed Balance Sheet December 31,2006 Current Assests P100,000 Liabilities P300,000 Plant assets (net) 500,000 Ric, Capital 200,000 Jason, Capital 100,000 P600,000 P600,000 Gen’s capital account was credited for P120,000, the partners agreed further that the carrying amounts of the net assets of the Ric and Jason partnership were equal to their current fair values, and that the accounting records of the old partnership should be used for the new partnership. The following income-sharing plan was adopted for the new partnership: 1. A bonus of 10% of net income after deduction of the bonus to Gen as managing partner. 2. Remaining net income or loss as follows: 30% to Ric; 40% to Jason and 30% to Gen. For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Ric-Gen Jason Partnership had net income of P55,000 before the bonus Gen. Compute: (1) the capital of Jason after Gen’s admission on January in the partnership, and (2) share of Jason in the net income: a. (1) P88,000; (2) P20,000 c. (1) P192,000; (2) P25,000 b. (1) P88,000; (2) P19,800 d. (1) P120,000; (2) P20,000 3.7. C and D wish to acquire the partnership interest of their partner E on July 10, 2007. Partnership assets are to be used to acquire E’s partnership interest, the balance sheet for the CDE Partnership on that date shows the following: CDE Partnership Balance Sheet July 10, 2007 Cash P 74,000 Liabilities P 45,000 36,000 C, capital 120,000 135,000 D, capital 60,000 30,000 E, capital 50,000 Receivables (net) Equipment (net) Goodwill P 275,000 P 275,000 C, D, and E share earning in the ratio of 3:2:1, respectively. E wants to retire from the partnership. If E is paid P54,000 and bonus method is used, what is the capital account balance of C and D: C D C D a. P117,000 P58,400 c. P117,600 P60,000 b. P120,000 P60,000 d. P122,400 P61,600 3.8. Partners A, B, C and D, who share profits 5:3:1:1 respectively, decide to dissolve. Capital balances at this time are P60,000, P40,000, P30,000 and P10,000 respectively. Before selling the firm’s assets, the partners agree to the following: 1. Partnership furniture and fixtures, with the book value of P12,000, is to be taken over by partner A at a price of P15,000. 2. Partnership claims of P20,000 are to be paid off and the balance of cash on hand, P30,000, is to be divided in a manner that will avoid the need for any possible of cash from a partner. How much the P30,000 cash be distributed to the partners? A B C D a. P0 P 0 P30,000 P 0 b. P(2,500) P11,500 P20,500 P500 c. P0 P20,000 P10,000 P 0 d. P0 P20,000 P20,000 P 0 3.9. Joy, Inna and Izza, sharing profits and losses 50%, 30%, and 20%, respectively, have capital credit balances of P40,000, P30,000, and P20,000, respectively. They decided to admit a new partner, Rita, to a 30% interest in the partnership upon Rita’s investment of an amount equal to 5/6 of her capital credit with no assets adjustment recognized. Immediately after the admission of Rita, the capital credit balance of Inna will be: a. P28,200 b. P30,000 c. P31,800 d. P33,000 3.10. J. Olson, L. Quizon and N. Dizon are partners with capital balances of P224,000, P260,000 and P116,000 respectively, sharing profits and losses in the ratio of 3:2:1. D. Sison is admitted as a new partner bringing with him expertise and reputation. He is to invest cash for a 25% interest in the assets of the partnership which includes a credit of P70,000 for goodwill that is recognized upon his admission. How much cash should Sison contribute? a. P130,000 c. P200,000 b. P185,000 d. P150,000 CHAPTER 4: PARTNERSHIP LUMP-SUM LIQUIDATION THEORY 4.1. Prior to partnership liquidation, a schedule of possible losses is frequently prepared to determine the amount of cash that may be safely distributed to the partners. The schedule of possible losses a. Consists of each partner’s capital account plus loan balance, divided by that partner’s profit-and-loss sharing ratio. b. Shows the successive losses necessary to eliminate the capital accounts of partners (assuming no contribution of personal assets by partners). c. Indicates the distribution of successive amounts of available cash to each partner. d. Assumes contribution of personal assets by partners unless there is a substantial presumption of personal insolvency by the partners. 4.2. The final cash distribution to the partners in a partnership in liquidation should be made in accordance with a. Balances of the partners’ capital accounts. b. Partners’ profit and loss sharing ratio. c. Ratio of capital contributions made by the partners. d. Ratio of capital contributions less withdrawals made by the partners. 4.3. In a partnership liquidation, the final cash distribution to the partners should be made in accordance with the a. Partners’ profit and loss sharing ratio. b. Balances of the partners’ capital accounts. c. Ratio of capital contributions made by the partners. d. Ratio of capital contributions less withdrawals made by the partners. For items 4.4 & 4.5. Mandela, B. Clarion, C. Yamson, and D. Lobregat are partners sharing profits and losses equally. The partnership is insolvent and is to be liquidated. The status of the partnership and each partner is as follows: Personal Personal Assets Liabilities Partnership (exclusive of (exclusive of Capital partnership partnership Balance interest) interest) Mandela (P45,000) P300,000 P120,000 Clarion (30,000) 90,000 180,000 Yamson 60,000* 240,000 15,000 Lobregat 90,000* 3,000 84,000 *Deficit 4.4. The partnership creditors a. must first seek recovery against Yamson because he is personally solvent and has a negative capital balance, b. will not be paid in full regardless of how they proceed legally because the partnership assets are less than the partnership liabilities. c. Will have to share Clarion’s interesting the partnership on a pro rata basis with Clarion’s personal creditors. d. Have first claim to the partnership assets before any partner’s personal creditors have rights to the partnership assets. 4.5. The partnership creditors may obtain recovery of their claims a. b. c. d. in the amount of P18,750 from each partner from the personal assets of either Mandela or Clarion from the personal assets of either Yamson or Lobregat from the personal assets of either Mandela or Yamson for all or some of their claims. PROBLEMS 4.6. Partners R, E, and H share net income and losses in a 5:3:2 ratio, respectively. At the end of a very unprofitable year, they decided to liquidate the partnership. The partners’ capital account balances on this date were as follows: R P22,000; E P24,900 and H P15,000. The liabilities in the balance sheet amounted to P30,000, including a loan of P10,000 form R. The cash balance was P6,000. The partners plan to sell the noncash assets on a piece meal basis and to distribute cash as rapidly as it becomes available. All three partners are personally solvent. If R received a total of P20,000 as a result of the liquidation, what was the total amount realized by the partnership on the sale of the non-cash assets? a. P61,900 b. . P85,900 c. P73,900 d. P24,000 4.7. Dennis, Brisbane and Ric form a partnership on January 1, 2007 investing P15,000, P10,000 and P10,000 respectively; profits are to be shared in the ratio of 2:1:1 respectively. It is agreed that 6% (1/2 of 1% per month) is to be charged on withdrawals that decrease capitals below the original investments. On March 1, Dennis withdraws P5,000. Business is unsatisfactory and it is decided to dissolve the partnership. Partnership assets realize P5,000 and the accountant distributes this cash to the proper parties on November 1, 2007. All parties are solvent and proper settlement is made among partners the same day. How much will Dennis contribute to the partnership for the final settlement? a. P2,500 b. P2,600 c. P2,700 d. . P2,800 4.8. On December 31, the partnership accounts of I. Gabon, J. Hipolito and K. Imperial who share profits and losses in the ratio of 5:3:2 follow: I. Gabon, drawing – debit P12,000 K. Imperial, drawing – credit 4,800 Accounts receivable – Gabon 7,200 Loans payable – Hipolito 14,400 I.Gabon, capital 59,400 J.Hipolito, Capital 44,400 K. Imperial, capital 39,000 Total partnership assets on this day stands at P211,200, including cash of P64,200. The partnership is liquidated and imperial ultimately receives P33,000 in final liquidation. How much is the total loss on realization of the partnership? a. P64,200 c.P54,000 b.P31,200 d.P10,800 For items 4.9.& 4.10. As of December 31, 2003, the books of GTB Partnership showed capital balances of Gueco – P40,000; Tiongco – P25,000; Barcelona – P5,000. The partners’ profit and loss ratio was 3:2:1, respectively. The partners decided to dissolve and liquidate. They sold all the noncash assets for P37,000 cash. After settlement of all liabilities amounting to P12,000, they still have P28,000 cash cash left for distribution. 4.9.The loss on realization of the noncash assets was: a. P42,000 c.P45,000 b.P40,000 d.28,000 4.10. Assuming that any debit balance of partners’ capital is uncollectible, the share of Gueco on P28,000 cash for distribution was a. P19,000 c. P18,000 b.P17,800 d.P28,000 CHAPTER 5: PARTNERSHIP INSTALLMENT LIQUIDATION THEORY 5.1. In a partnership liquidation, the final cash distribution to the partners should be made in accordance with the: a. Partners’ profit and loss sharing ratio. b. Balances of the partners’ loan and capital accounts. c. Ratio of the capital contribution by the partners. d. Ratio of the capital contributions less withdrawals by the partners. 5.2. In accounting for the liquidation of a partnership, cash payments to partners after all non-partner creditors’ claims have been satisfied , but before the final cash distribution, should be according to: a. The partners’ relative profit and loss sharing ratios. b. The final balances in partner capital accounts. c. The partners’ relative share of the gain or loss on liquidations. d. Safe payments computations. 5.3. In accounting for the liquidation of a partnership, cash payments to partners after all non partner creditors’ claims have been satisfied, but before the final cash distribution, should be according to a. b. c. d. the partners’ relative profit and loss sharing ratio the final balances in partner capital accounts the partners’ relative share of the gain or loss on liquidations safe payments computations 5.4. In a partnership liquidation, the final cash distribution to the partners should be made in accordance with the a. b. c. d. partner profit and loss sharing ratios balances of partner capital accounts ratio of the capital contributions by partners safe payment computations 5.5. The doctrine of marshalling of assets a. is applicable only if the partnership is insolvent b. allows partners to first contribute personal assets to unsatisfied partnership creditors c. is applicable if either the partnership is insolvent or individual partners are insolvent. d. Amount owed to personal creditors and to the partnership for debit capital balances are shared proportionately from the personal assets of the partners. PROBLEMS 5.6. A balance sheet for the partnership of J, K, and L who share profits 2:1:1 respectively, shows the following balances just before liquidation: Cash Other assets Liabilities J, Cap. K, Cap. L, Cap. P48,000 P238,000 P80,000 P88,000 P62,000 P56,000 In the first month of liquidation, P128,000 was received on the sale of certain assets. Liquidation expenses of P4,000 were paid, and additional liquidation expenses of P3,200 are anticipated before liquidation is completed. Creditors were paid P22,400. Available cash distributed to the partners. The cash to be received by each partner based on the above data: J K L a. P56,000 P28,300 P28,300 b. P86,000 P61,000 P55,000 c. P29,400 P32,700 P26,700 d. P88,000 P62,000 P56,000 5.7. Partners R. Romero, S. Segundo, and T. Tenorio, who share income and loss in the ratio of 3:5:2, respectively, have decided to liquidate their partnership. At the time of liquidation, the balance sheet of the partnership consisted of the following: Assets Liabilities and Capital Cash P120,000 Accounts payable Other assets 360,000 Loan from Segundo R, Romero, capital 108,000 S. Segundo, capital 120,000 T. Tenorio, capital 129,000 Total assets P480,000 P93,000 30,000 Total liabilities and capital 480,000 The partners desire to prepare an installment distribution schedule showing how cash would be distributed to partners as assets are realized. In the schedule of maximum absorbable loss, the maximum absorbable loss for each partner would be a. b. c. d. Romero P360,000; Segundo, P240,000; Tenorio, P645,000 Romero P300,000; Segundo, P600,000; Tenorio, P225,000 Romero P450,000; Segundo, P525,000; Tenorio, P375,000 Romero P360,000; Segundo, P300,000; Tenorio, P645,000 For items 5.8 to 5.10 W. Aguila, R. Balingit, and J. Corpuz are partners. On January 3, 2003, their capital balances and profit and loss ratio are as follows: Capital Profit & loss Ratio W. Aguila P25,000 60% R. Balingit 50,000 25% J. Corpuz 60,000 15% Corpuz withdrew P10,000 during the year. Net loss on December 31, 2003 totaled P20,000. Hence, the partners decided to liquidate the partnership. It is uncertain how much of the assets will ultimately yield but favorable realization is expected. It is, therefore, agreed to distribute cash as it becomes available. There are unpaid liabilities of P5,000 and cash on hand of P700. 5.8. The amount of noncash assets before liquidation is: a. P110,000 c. P109,300 b. P104,300 d. P105,000 5.9. The amount to be realized by the partnership on the sale of its assets so that Aguila will receive a total of P19,000 in the final settlement of his interest is a. P103,300 c. P119,300 b. P d. P 9,300 6,000 5.10. If Corpuz received a total ofP33,000, the amount that Balingit would have received at this point is: a. none c.P5,000 b. P2,000 d.P21,667 CHAPTER 6: CORPORATE LIQUIDATION THEORY 6.1. Which of the following best illustrates the insolvency of a firm? a. b. c. d. The filing of bankruptcy proceedings against the firm. A deficit in the firm’s retained earnings. The firm has more liabilities than assets. The firm has negative working capital. 6.2. If the value of the pledged property is lesser than the obligation, what is the treatment of the liability? a. Partially secured b. Fully secured c. Collateralized d. Unsecured 6.3. The primary difference between a balance sheet and an accounting statement of affairs is that: a. A balance sheet reflects book values, while the statement of affairs emphasizes realization values. b. Assets are arranged in a different sequence. c. Liabilities are arranged in a different sequence. d. Owners’ equity is not considered in the statement of affairs. 6.4. An accounting statement of affairs of a corporation in financial difficulty indicates that unsecured creditors would receive P0.40 on the peso. Which one of the following assets is most likely to realize the smallest percentage of its book value? a. b. c. d. Accounts receivable Inventories Plant and equipment Goodwill 6.5. If the dividend of 80% is allocable to Class 7 unsecured creditors based on an accounting statement of affairs, it correctly may be concluded that a. b. c. d. All unsecured claims will receive the same percentage of return. All unsecured claims will be paid in full. Class 1 through 6 claims will be paid in full. Stockholders will receive 20% of their equity. PROBLEMS 6.6. In may 2015, it was determined that it is necessary to complete the work in process of Wild West Corp. To complete the work in progress, P10000 book value of raw materials and supplies and P10000 conversion cost will be required. When completed, these goods will probably sell for approximately P50000. The raw materials, which have a book value of P40000, have an estimated total realizable value of P20000. What is the estimated amount that will become available for unsecured creditors as a result of the realization of the work in progress? a. b. c. d. 50000 35000 30000 0 6.7. The accountant of Radi Corp. prepared a statement of affairs. Assets which are no claims or liens are expected to produce 700000. Unsecured claims of all classes totalled 1,050,000. The following data are claims deemed outstanding: 1. Accrued salaries, 15,000 2. Unrecorded note for 10,000, on which 600 of interest has accrued held by Telen Co. 3. A note for 30,000 secured by 40,000 receivable, estimated to be 60% collectible held by Biboso Co. 4. A 15000 note, on which 300 interest has accrued held by Fernandez Pty. Property with a book value of 10000, and a market value of 18000 is pledged to guarantee payment of principal and interest. 5. Unpaid income taxes of 35,000. What is the amount realized by partially secured creditors? a. b. c. d. 10,600 19,500 24,900 27,900 6.8. Silva Corp. was forced into bankruptcy and is in the process of liquidating assets and paying claims. Unsecured claims will be paid at the rate of 0.40 on the peso. Fernandez holds a 30000 noninterest bearing note receivable from Silva collaterized by an asset with a book value of 35000 and a liquidation value of 5000. The amount to be realized by Fernandez on this note is a. b. c. d. 5,000 12,000 15,000 17,000 For items 6.9. & 6.10. The following selected account balances were taken from the balance sheet of Quitting Corp. as of December 31, 2014, immediately before the take over of the trustee: Marketable securities 300,000 Inventories 110,000 Land 150,000 Building 400,000 Additional information: Marketable securities have present market value of 320,000. These securities have been pledged to secure notes payable of 280,000. The estimated worth of inventories is 70,000. However, inventories with book value of 50,000 have been pledged to secure notes payable of 60,000. The realizable value of the inventories pledged is estimated to be 40,000. Land and building are estimated to have a total realizable value of 450,000. This property is pledged to secure the mortgage payable of 250,000. 1. What is the estimated amount available for preferred claims and unsecured creditors out of assets pledged with fully secured creditors? a. 840,000 b. 810,000 c. 770,000 d. 240,000 2. What is the total amount of net free assets? a. 810,000 b. 770,000 c. 270,000 d. 240,000 SOLUTIONS: 1.1. The answer is letter D 1.2. The answer is letter D 1.3. The answer is letter C 1.4. The answer is letter A 1.5. The answer is letter A 1.6. The answer is letter D Abena Buendia Total FMV 90000 60000 150000 Cost 60000 70000 130000 18000 (18000) 1.7. The answer is letter C B J L 100000 160000 110000 (70000) 90000 1.8. The answer is letter C M N Total 100000 84000 184000 No goodwill/ intangible assets are recorded. 1.9. The answer is letter B 60 40 M N 40000 100000 120000 X 30000 (60000) _____ 130000 130000 K S 59625 33500 X= 30000 1.10. The answer is letter C (900) 2.1. The answer is letter D 2.2. The answer is letter C 2.3.The answer is letter B 2.4. The answer is letter A 2.5. The answer is letter C 2.6. The answer is letter C Shue 30% (100,000) (555) (405) 59070 32195 50,000 (240,000) 90,000/0.3= 300,000 2.7. The answer is letter C J P B Total 80,000 60,000 30,000 140,000 16,000 8,000 16,000 40,000 (6,000) (8,000) (6,000) (20,000) 60,000 60,000 40,000 2.8. The answer is letter C 240,000/0.2= 120,000 2.9. The answer is letter D 2.10. The answer is letter C A B C 100000 30000 30000 680000 680000 300000 2040000 (equally) 680000 1080000 3.1. The answer is letter C 3.2. The answer is letter B 3.3. The answer is letter D 3.4. The answer is letter C 3.5. The answer is letter D 3.6.The answer is letter A TCC R 200 TAC (8) J 100 (12) 88,000 G 100 20 120 400 0 400 Bonus to Gen = 5,000 Share of J in the residual profit ( 50,000 x 40 % ) = 20,000 3.7. The answer is letter D Equity balance of E 50,000 Amount Paid 46,000 Bonus to C & D 4,000 C 120,000 + ( 3/5 x 4,000) D 60,000 + ( 2/5 x 4,000) 122,400 61,600 3.8. The answer is letter B A B C D Total 60 40 30 10 140 (15) ANS (15) 1.5 .900 .300 .300 46,500 40.900 30,300 10,300 (49,000) (29,400) (9,800) (9,800) (98,000) ( 2,500) 11,500 20,500 500 30,000 2,500 ( 1,500) 0 10T (.500) 20 3 128,000 (500) 0 30T 3.9. The answer is letter A TCC TAC J 40 ( 3 ) 37,000 In 30 ( 1.8 ) 28,200 IZ 20 ( 1.2 ) 18,800 R 30 6 36 120 0 120 [ 90/ (1 – 5/6 x 30 ) ] 3.10. The answer is letter A 3 2 1 J L N Total 224,000 260,000 116,000 600,000 600,000/75%= 800,000- 600,000= 200,000 200,000 (70,000) 130,000 4.1. The answer is letter B 4.2. The answer is letter A 4.3. The answer is letter B 4.4. The answer is letter D 4.5. The answer is letter D 4.6. The answer is letter A Equity R E H Total 32,000 24,900 15,000 71,900 Loss (12,000) CAFD ( 20,000 ) ( _________ ) ( 24,000) _________ 47,900 Proceeds = 47,900 + 20,000 – 6,000 = 61,900 4.7. The answer is letter B Dennis Brisbane Ric Total 15,000 10,000 10,000 35,000 (5,000) (5,000) ( 200 ) ( 200 ) 100 50 50 200 9,900 10,050 10,050 30,000 (12,500) ( 6,250) (6,250) (25,000) ( 2,600 ) _________ _________ 5,0000 4.8. The answer is letter C 5 3 2 I J K 44400 43800 40200 14400 58800 33000 15800/20%= 54000 4.9. The answer is letter A 3 2 1 Cash N/C G T B Liabilities 3000 79000= 40000 25000 5000 12000 37000 42000 Loss 4.10. The answer is letter B 3 2 S T B 40000 25000 5000 21000 14000 7000 19000 11000 (2000) (1200) (800) 2000 17800 5.1. The answer is letter B 5.2. The answer is letter D 5.3. The answer is letter D 5.4. The answer is letter A 5.5. The answer is letter C 5.6. The answer is letter C J K L Total 88,000 62,000 56,000 206,000 58.6 ( 29,300) ( 29,300) ( 117.2 ) 29,400 32,700 26,700 88,800 5.7. The answer is letter A ÷ R S T 108000 120000 129000 30% 50% 20% 360000 240000 645000 5.8. The answer is letter C Total Capital 135000 10000 20000 105000 Liabilities 5000 100000 Cost of Asset 700 Noncash Assets 109300 5.9. The answer is letter A A 25000 19000 6000 LOSS (10000) Total Loss 109300-10000= 99300 5.10. The answer is letter D 33000 (50000) 17000/15%= 133333 133333x25%= 28333 (28333) 50000 21667 6.1. The answer is letter C 6.2. The answer is letter A 6.3. The answer is letter A 6.4. The answer is letter D 6.5. The answer is letter C 6.6. The answer is letter B Estimated upon completion Less cost to complete: 50000 Raw materials [P10000X 20000/40000)]5000 Conversion cost 10000 15000 Amount expected to realized upon completion 35000 6.7. The answer is letter D Total free assets 700000 Less unsecured claims with priority: Accrued salaries Unpaid income taxes 15000 35000 Net free assets 50000 650000 Divide by total unsecured claims without priority: Total unsecured claims of all classes (with or without priority) 1050000 Less unsecured claims with priority (accrued salaries and unpaid taxes) 50000 1000000 % of recovery 65% Realizable amount of AR (60% X 40000) 24000 Add: unsecured portion [(30000-24000) x 65%] 3900 Total amount realized by partially secured creditors 27900 6.8. The answer is letter C Cash received in full as secured creditor 5,000 Cash received as unsecured creditor [(30000-5000)x0.40] Total amount realized from the note 10,000 15000 6.9. The answer is letter D Marketable securities (320,000-280,000) 40,000 Land and building (450,000- 250,000) 200,000 Estimated amount available out of assets pledged With fully secured creditors 240,000 6.10. The answer is letter C Marketable securities (320,000-280,000) 40,000 Land and building (450,000- 250,000) 200,000 Unpledged portion of inventories (70,000- 40,000) Total amount of net free assets 30,000 270000 P R N R H A T E S IP FORMATION 1. Which of the following is not a characteristic of a partnership? a. The partnership itself pays no income taxes b. It is easy to form a partnership c. Any partner can be held personally liable for all debts of the business d. A partnership requires written Article of Partnership 2. The partnership form of business is: a. An economic entity b. A taxable entity c. A fiscal entity d. A separate legal entity, just as a corporation is a legal entity 3. Which of the following is not an advantage of partnership over a corporation? a. Ease of formation b. Unlimited liability c. The elimination of taxes at the entity level d. All of the above 4. A partner’s withdrawal of assets from a limited liability partnership that is considered a permanent reduction of in that partner’s equity is debited to the partner’s: a. Drawing account b. Retained earnings account c. Capital account d. Loan receivable account 5. For financial accounting purposes, assets of an individual partner contributed to partnership are recorded by the partnership at: a. Historical cost b. Book value c. Fair market value d. Lower of cost or market 6. On December 1, 2009, DD and EE formed a partnership with each contributing the following asset at fair market values: DD 9,000 13,500 EE 18,000 Cash Machinery and Equipment Land 90,000 Building 27,000 Office Furniture 13,500 The land and building are subject to a mortgage loan of P54,000 that the partnership will assume. The partnership agreement provides that DD and EE share profits and losses, 40% and 60%, respectively and partners agreed to bring their capital balances in proportion to the profit and loss ratio and using the capital balance of EE as the basis. The additional cash investment made by DD should be: a. 18,000 b. 85,500 c. 134,100 d. 166, 250 DD, Capital= 9+13.5+13.5=36 EE, Capital= 18+90+27-54=81 81/.60=135 135*.40=56-36=18 A 7. JJ and KK are joining their separate business to form a partnership. Cash and noncash asset are to be contributed for a total capital of 300,000. The noncash assets to be contributed and liabilities to be assumed are: JJ KK Book Value Fair Value Book Value Fair Value Accounts Receivable 22,500 22,500 Inventories 22,500 33,750 60,000 67,500 Equipment 37,500 30,000 67,500 71,250 Accounts Payable 11,250 11,250 7,500 7,500 The partner’s capital are to be equal after all contributions of assets and assumptions of liabilities. The total assets of the partnership. a. 318,750 b. 300,000 c. 281,250 d. 225,000 Equity=Assets-Liabilities 300,000=X-(11,250+7,500) Assets=X=318,750 A 8. Refer to number 8, the amount of cash that each partner must contribute. a. JJ=75,000; KK=18750 b. JJ=75,000; KK=11,250 c. JJ=161,250; KK= 157,500 d. JJ= 127,500; KK= 11,250 For JJ; 150,000=Cash to be contrubuted+22,500+33,750+30,000+(-11250) Cash to be contributed=75,000 For KK; 150,000=Cash to be contributed+67,500+71,250+(-7500) Cash to be contributed=18,750 A 9. Jones and Smith formed a partnership with each partner contributing the following items: Assume that for tax purposes Jones and Smith agree to share equally in the liabilities assumed by the Jones and Smith partnership. Refer to the above information. What is the balance in each partner’s capital account for financial accounting purposes? C Jones Assets at fair value Jones: 80,000+400,000 Smith: 40,000+280,000 Less: Liabilities assumed Capital Smith 480,000 120,000 360,000 320,000 60,000 260,000 10. MM, NN, and OO are partners with capital balances on December 31, 2012 of P300,000, P300,000 and P200,000, respectively. Profits are shared equally. OO wishes to withdraw and it is agreed that OO is taken certain equipment with second-hand value of P50,000 and a note for the balance of OO’s interest. The equipment are carried on the books at P65,000. Brand new equipment may cost P80,000. Compute for: (1) OO’s acquisition of the second-hand equipment will result to reduction in capital; (2) the value of the note that will OO get from the partnership’s liquidation, a. (1) 15,000 each for MM and NN (2) 150,000 b. (1) 5,000 each for MM, NN, and OO (2) 145,000 c. (1) 5,000 each for MM, NN, and OO (2) 195,000 d. (1) 7,500 each for MM and NN (2) 145,000 B 1. Reduction in Capital: Equipment at carrying value Equipment at secondhand value (fair value) 65,000 50,000 Decrease in equipment Multiply by: Profit & Loss Ratio of MM, NN,and OO Reduction in capital 2. Notes Payable to OO Unadjusted Capital of OO Less: Share in the decrease of equipment Adjusted capital of OO Less: Equipment receive at secondhand value Value of notes payable Incidentally, the juournal entry would be: OO, Capital NN, Capital MM, Capital Eqipment, carrying value 15,000 1/3 5,000 200,000 5,000 195,000 50,000 145,000 200,000 5,000 5,000 65,000 ---Don’t do nothing because you feel you can only do little, do what you can--- PARTNERSHIP OPERATIONS 1. Partnership drawings are: a. always maintained in a separate account from the partner’s capital account b. equal to partner’s salaries c. usually maintained in a separate draw account with any excess draws being debited directly to the capital account d. not discussed in the specific contract provisions of the partnership 2. Drawings are: a. are advances to a partnership b. are loans to a partnership c. are a function of interest on partnership average capital d. are the same nature as withdrawals 3. In a partnership, interest on capital investment is accounted for as a(n) a. return of investment b. expense c. allocation of net income d. reduction of capital 4. What is the underlying purpose of the interest on capital balances component of allocating partnership profits and losses? a. Compensate partners who contribute economic resources to the partnership b. Reward labor and expertise contribution c. Reward for special responsibilities undertaken d. None of the above 5. What is the underlying purpose of the salary component of allocating partnership profits and losses? a. Compensate partners who contribute economic resources to the partnership b. Reward labor and expertise contribution c. Reward for special responsibilities undertaken d. None of the above 6. X, Y, and Z, a partnership formed on January 1, 2012 had the following initial investment: XX 100,000 YY 150,000 ZZ 225,000 The partnership agreement states that the profits and losses are to be shared equally by the partners after consideration is made for the following: Salaries allowed to partners: P60,000 for X, P48,000 for Y, and P36,000 for Z. Average partners’ capital balances during the year shall be allowed by 10%. Additional Information On June 30, 2012, X invested an additional P60,000 ZZ withdrew P70,000 from the partnership on September 30, 2012 Share the remaining partnership partnership profit was P5,000 for each partner. Interest on average capital balances of the partners totalled: a. b. c. d. 48,750 53,750 57,625 60,625 A Average Capital: X: 100,000*6=600,000 160,000*6=960,000 1,560,000/12=130,000 Y: (same with beginning capital) 150,000 Z: 255,000*9= 2,025,000 155,000*3= 465,000 2,490,000/12= 207,500 487,500 X: interest rate 10% 7. Refer to number 6, partnership net profit at December 31, 2012 before salaries. Interests, and partners share on the remainder was: a. 199,750 b. 207,750 c. 211,625 d. 222,750 Salaries Interest-refer above Balance (P5,000 each) X 60,000 13,000 5,000 Y 48,000 15,000 5,000 Z Total 36,000 144,000 20,750 48,750 5,000 15,000 207,750 8. XX and YY formed a partnership on January 2, 2009 and agreed to share profits and losses in the ratio of 90% and 10% respectively. XX contributed capital of P25,000. YY contributed no capital but has a specialized expertise and manages the firm full time. There were no withdrawals during the year. The partnership agreement provides for the following: Capital accounts are to be credited annually with interest ay 5% of the beginning capital. YY is to be paid a salary of P1,000 a month. YY is to receive a bonus of 20% of net income calculated before deducting his salary and interest on both capital accounts Bonus, interest, and YY’s salaries are to be considered as partnership expense. The partnership’s income statement for 2009 follows: Revenues Less: Expenses (including salary, interest, and bonus) Net Income 96,450 49,700 46,750 What is YY’s 2009 bonus? a. b. c. d. 11,688 12,000 15,000 15,738 C Corrected Expense=49,700-1250-12,000=36,450 Corrected Net Income= 96,450-36,450= 60,000 B=.20(60,000-B) B=15,000 9. The AA, BB, and CC Partnership was formed on January 2, 2009. The original cash investment were as follows: AA 96,000 BB 144,000 CC 216,000 According to the general partnership contract, the partners were to be remunerated as follows: Salaries of 14,400 for AA, 12,000 for BB, and 13,600 for CC Interest at 12% on the average capital account balances during the year Remainder divided 40% ,30%, 30% respectively Income before partner’s salaries for the year ended December 31, 2008, was P92,080. AA invested an additional P24,000, in the partnership on July 1; CC withdrew 36,000 from the partnership on October 1; and, as authorized by the partnership contract, AA,BB and CC each withdrew P750 monthly against their shares of net income for the year. The capital balance of partner CC on December 31, 2008 a. b. c. d. 217,540 208,540 200,224 198,624 10. Refer to #9, if the salaries partners’ are to be recognized as operating expenses by the partnership, the share of partner BB in the net income? a. 36,832 b. 28,380 c. 16,380 d. 15,624 9. B 10. C AA BB CC Total 1/1/2008 96,000 144,000 216,000 456,000 9/1/2008 24,000 10/1/2008 ______ ______ -36,000 ______ 12/31/2008 120,000 144,000 180,000 444,000 Average 108,000 144,000 207,000 459,000 Salaries Interest 14,400 12,960 12,000 17,280 13,600 24,840 40,000 55,080 Balance(4:3:3) (1,200) (900) (900) (3,000) 26,160 28,380 37,540 92,080 Beginning Bal. Additional Inv 96,000 144,000 216,000 456,000 24,000 24,000 ---Example is not the main thing in influencing others. It is the only thing--- PARTNERSHIP WITHOUT LIQUIDATION 1. Transferable interest of the partner includes all of the following except: a. the partner’s share of the profits and losses of the partnership b. the right to receive distributions c. the right to receive any liquidating distribution d. the authority to transact any of the partnership’s business operation 2. The dissolution of the partnership occurs a. only when the partnership sells its assets and permanently closes its books b. only when the partner leaves the partnership c. at the end of each year, when income is allocated to the partners d. only when a new partner is admitted to the partnership e. when there is any change in the individuals who make up the partnership 3. When a new partner joins a partnership by investing assets into the partnership, what method may be used to record the admission of the new partner? a. revaluation of the existing assets b. recognition of goodwill c. application of the bonus method d. any of the three or a combination may be applied 4. Which of the following is not a criterion for recognizing a bonus to existing partners when a new partner joins the partnership? a. only cash assets were contributed to the partnership by the new partner b. the existing partners desire to not recognize goodwill on the balance sheet c. the article of partnership indicate that the bonus method will be used to admit new partners d. the partner invests more into the partnership that his/her share of total partnership capital after the investment is made 5. What amount of goodwill can be recognized at the date a partner withdraws form the partnership? a. the withdrawing partner’s portion of goodwill b. the continuing partner’s portion of goodwill c. goodwill may not be recognized at the date the partner withdraws d. either the withdrawing partner’s portion of goodwill or the goodwill attributable to the entire partnership 6. Kravitz and Rowe are partners in an excavating business known as K and R Excavating. The partners are considering a number of options regarding the partnership including the admission of a new partner and a potential sale of the partnership. The following information has been prepared as a basis for evaluating various alternatives: Items Book Value Fair Value Cash and Cash Equivalence 20,000 20,000 Accounts Receivable 85,000 72,000 Inventory 42,000 30,000 Prepaid and Other Current Ass 18,000 15,000 Property, Plant, and Equipmen 358,000 300,000 Total Assets 523,000 437,000 Accounts Payable Other Current Liabilities Notes/Loan Payable Kravitz, Capital Rowe, Capital Total Liabilities and Capital 54,000 29,000 240,000 120,000 80,000 523,000 54,000 35,000 240,000 Tax Basis 20,000 92,000 50,000 18,000 320,000 500,000 54,000 29,000 240,000 The partners currently share profits and losses 60% and 40% respectively for Kravitz and Rowe. Given the stated fair values, if Rowe were to sell ½ of her interest in capital to someone outside the partnership, what would be the suggested asking price? a. 21,600 b. 22,800 c. 35,400 d. 40,000 Refer to 6, given the stated fair value, if a third party were to convey assets to the partnership in exchange for a 40% interest in the partnership, what would the value of those assets have to be? a. 72,000 b. 118,000 c. 133,333 d. 291,333 6. A 7. A 7. Rowe, Capital: 80,000-(92,000*.40)= 43,200 X: interest Sold 1/2 Suggested Existing Price 21,600 Book Value Fair Value Adjustments Assets (given) 523,000 437,000 Liabilities 323,000 329,000 Capital 200,000 108,000 -92,000 54000+29,000+240,000=323,000 54,000+35,0000+240,000=329.000 Old (fair Value) New 8. CC AC 108,000 108,000 72,000 72,000 180,000 180,000 RR and XX formed a partnership and agreed to divide initial capital equally, even though RR contributed P25,000 and XX contributed P21,000 in identifiable assets. Under bonus approach to adjust capital accounts. XX’s unidentifiable assets should be debited for: a. 11,500 b. 4,000 c. 2,000 d. Some Other Answer (Please Specify P____) D. The answer is P0. There would be no unidentifiable assets recognized by the creation of this new partnership. 9. In the AD partnership, Allen's capital is P140,000 and Daniel's is P40,000 and they share income in a 3:1 ratio, respectively. They decide to admit David to the partnership. Allen and Daniel agree that some of the inventory is obsolete. The inventory account is decreased before David is admitted. David invests P40,000 for a one-fifth interest. What is the amount of inventory written down? A. P4,000 B. P20,000 C. P15,000 D. P10,000 B Total Agreed Capital after admission of David: (40,000*5) 200,000 Less: Contribution/Investment of David 40,000 Capital Balances of AD before admission of David 160,000 Capital Contribution (140,000+40,000) 180,000 Reduction of inventory 20,000 10. Roy and Gil are partners sharing profits and losses in the ratio of 1:2 respectively. On July 1, 2011, they decided to form the R and G Corporation by transferring the assets and liabilities from the partnership to the Corporation in exchange of its shares. The following is the postclosing trial balance of the partnership. Debit Credit Cash 45,000 Accounts Receivable 60,000 Inventory 90,000 Fixed Assets (net) 174,000 Liabilities 60,000 Roy, Capital 94,800 Gil, Capital 214,200 369,000 369000 It was agreed that adjustments be made to the following assets to be transferred to the corporation: Accounts Receivable Iinventory Fixed Assets 40,000 68,000 180,600 The R&G Corporation was authorized to issue P100 par preference shares and P10 par ordinary share. Roy and Gil agreed to receive for their equity in the partnership 720 ordinary share each, plus even multiples of 10 shares for their remaining interest. The total number of shares of preference and ordinary share issued by the Corporation in exchange of assets and liabilities of the partnership are: a. b. c. d. PS= 2540 shares OS=1500 shares PS= 2592 shares OS=1440 shares PS= 2642 shares OS=1440 shares PS= 2642 shares OS=1550 shares Capital before Adjustment Less: Net Adjustment Capital after Adjustment Less: Portion Covered by Ordinary Share, par P10 (720 share to each partner) Portion to be covered by Preferrence Share, par P100 10. B Total 309,000 35,400 273,600 14,400 259,200 Share to be issued: ---Great achievement are not done by strength but by perseverance--- LUMP SUM LIQUIDATION 1. In partnership liquidation, how are partner salary allocations treated? a. Salary allocations take precedence over creditor payments. b. Salary allocations take precedence over amounts due to partners with respect to their capital interests, but not profits. c. Salary allocations take precedence over amounts due to partners with respect to their capital profits, but not capital interests. d. Salary allocations are disregarded. 2. If cash payments to the partners of a limited partnership in liquidation are delayed until all noncash assets have realized, any cash remaining after all partnership creditors have been paid is distributed: a. according the liquidator’s best judgment b. in the ratio for sharing net income and losses c. in amounts equal to the partners’ loan and capital account balances d. in some other manner 3. In the liquidation of a limited partnership, a loan payable to a partner by the partnership is: a. paid immediately after all outside creditors have been paid in full b. liabilities still to be paid c. considered to be a liability of a partnership d. disregarded 4. Which item is not shown on the schedule of partnership liquidation? a. current cash balances b. property owned by the partnership c. liabilities still to be paid d. personal assets of the partners 5. The following is the priority sequence in which liquidation proceeds will be distributed for partnership: a. partnership drawings, partnership liabilities, partnership loans, partnership capital balances b. partnership liabilities, partnership loans, partnership capital balances c. partnership liabilities, partnership loans, partnership drawings, partnership capital balances d. partnership liabilities, partnership capital balances, partnership loans 6. The following account balances were available for the Perry, Quincy and Renquist partnership just before it entered liquidation: Cash Noncash Assets 90,000 Liabilities 300,000 Perry, capital Quincy, capital Renquist, capital 170,000 70,000 50,000 100,000 Perry, Quincy, and Renquist had shared profits and losses in a ratio of 2:4:4. Liquidation expenses were expected to be P8,000. All partners were solvent. What would be the minimum amount for which the noncash asset must have been sold for, in order for Quincy to receive some cash from the liquidation? a. Any amount in excess of 175,000 b. Any amount in excess of 117,000 c. Any amount in excess of 183,000 d. Any amount in excess of 198,667 Quincy capital before liquidation Less: Share in Liquidation Expense Quincy capital before realization of noncash assets Less: Cash received by Quincy (minimum) Share in the loss on realization Divided by P and L Loss on realization Less: NonCash Assets Proceeds from Sale 50,000 3,200 46,800 0 46,800 40% 117,000 300,000 183,000 7. A local partnership is considering possible liquidation because one of the partners (Bell) is insolvent. Capital balances at the current time are as follows. Profit and loss are divided on a 4:3:2:1 basis respectively. Bell, Capital 50,000 Hardy, Capital 56,000 Dennard, Capital 14,000 Suddath, Capital 80,000 Bell’s creditors have filed a P21,000 claim against the partnership’s assets. The partnership currently holds asset reported at P300,000 and liabilities of P100,000. If the assets can be sold for P190,000. What is the minimum amount that Bell’s creditor would receive? a. b. c. d. 0 2,000 2,800 6,000 B Balances Realization Balances Absorption Balances Cash NonCash Liabilities 0 300,000 100,000 190,000 -300,000 190000 0 100,000 _________________ ________ 190000 0 100,000 Bell 50,000 -44,000 6,000 -4,000 2,000 Hardy Dennard Suddath 56,000 14,000 80,000 -33,000 -22,000 -11,000 23,000 -8,000 69,000 -3,000 8000 -1,000 20,000 0 68,000 8. Fleming, Durano, and Mart are partners in a wholesale business. On January 1, 2009, the total capital was P60,000 and drawings presented as follows: Fleming Durano Mart Capitals Drawings 12,500 7,500 10,000 5,000 37,500 2,500 Partners agree that profit and loss ratio are shared equally. Because of the failure of some debtors to pay their outstanding accounts, the partnership loses heavily and is compelled to liquidate. After exhausting the partnership assets, including those arising from an operating profit of P9,000 in 2009, they still owe P10,500 to creditors on December 31, 2009. Fleming has no personal assets but the others are well off. The partnership liquidation loss: a. None b. 20,000 c. 55,500 d. 64,500 9. Refer to #4, the amount to be received by Mart as a result of the liquidation: a. 1,637.50 b. 9,750 c. 14,250 d. 19,500 3. D 4. B Balance Distribution of los (10,500+54,000) Balance 10. The Keaton, Lewis, and Meador partnership had the following balance sheet just before entering liquidation: Keaton, Lewis, and Meador share profits and losses in a ratio of 2:4:4. Noncash assets were sold for P180,000. Liquidation expenses were P10,000. Assume that Keaton was personally insolvent with assets of P8,000 and liabilities of P60,000. Lewis and Meador were both solvent and able to cover deficits in their capital accounts, if any. What amount of cash could Keaton's personal creditors have expected to receive from partnership assets? A) P30,000. B) P0. C) P52,000 D) P26,000 E) P34,000 Answer: E Balances before liquidation Liquidation Expense (2:4:4) Loss on Realization-2:4:4 (180,000300,000) Balances Additional Investment Payment to Partners Keaton 60,000 -2,000 Lewis Meador Total 40,000 80,000 180,000 -4,000 -4,000 -10,000 -24,000 34,000 _______ 34,000 -48,000 -48,000 -120,000 -12,000 28,000 50,000 12,000 _______ 12,000 0 28,000 62,000 ---The secret of llife is not just to live, but to have something worthwhile to live for--- INSTALLMENT LIQUIDATION 1. Which of the following statements is true concerning the distribution of safe payments? a. The distribution of safe payments assumes that any capital deficit balances will prove to be a total loss to partnership. b. Safe payments are equal to the recorded capital balances of partners with positive capital balances. c. The distribution of safe payments may only be made after all liabilities have been paid. d. In computing safe payments, partners with positive capital balances are assumed to absorb an equal share of any deficit balance(s) 2. An advance cash distribution plan is prepared a. each time cash is distributed to partners in an installment liquidation. b. each time a partnership asset is sold in an installment liquidation. c. to determine the order and amount of cash each partner will receive as it becomes available for distribution d. none of these 3. In a partnership liquidation, the final cash distribution to the partners should be made in accordance with the: a. partners’ profit and loss – sharing ratio. b. balances of the partners’ capital accounts. c. ratio of the capital contributions by the partners. d. ratio of capital distributions less withdrawals by the partners. 4. The first step in preparing an advance cash distribution plan is to a. determine the order in which partners are to participate in cash distributions. b. compute the amount of cash each partner is to receive as it becomes available for distribution. c. allocate any gains (losses) to the partners in their profit – sharing ratio. d. determine the net capital interest of each partner 5. In an advance plan installment distributions of cash to partners of liquidating, each partner’s loss absorption potential is computed by a. dividing each partner’s capital account balance by the percentage of that partner’s capital account balance to total partners’ capital. b. multiplying each partner’s capital account balance by the percentage of that partner’s capital account balance to total partners’ capital. c. dividing the total of each partner’s capital account less receivables from the partner plus payables to the partner by the partner’s profit and loss percentage. d. some other method AA, BB, and CC are partners sharing profits and loss in the ratio of 4:3:3, respectively. On January 1, 2009, they decided to liquidate the partnership and the balance sheet were prepared as follows: Assets Cash Other Assets Total Assets 2,000 46,000 ________ 48,000 Liabilities and Capital Liabilities 6,000 BB, loan 5,000 CC, loan 2,500 AA, capital 14,450 BB, capital 12,550 CC, capital 7,500 Total Liab. & Cap. 48,000 The following transactions as a result of liquidation were as follows: January February March April Book Value of Payment Payment Assets Proceeds Liquidation to Cash Sold from Sale Expense Creditors Withheld 12,000 10,500 500 6,000 2,000 7,000 6,000 750 1,000 15,000 10,000 1,000 2,500 12,000 5,000 5,000 0 1. The amount to be received by Partner CC for the month of February? a. 0 b. 475 c. 1875 d. 2500 2. The amount to be received by Partner BB for the month of April? a. 0 b. 750 c. 1,000 d. 1250 3. The second payment to any partner(s) under a program of priorities shall be made thus: a. To BB=6,712.50 b. To AA=1,116.70 c. To CC=6,712.50 d. To AA=1,116.70 and BB=837.50 1.B 2. B 3.D January Total January Possible Loss Balance Loss Absorption Balance-Payment AA BB CC Total 14,450 17,550 10,000 42,000 -15,200 -11,400 -11,400 -38,000 -750 6,150 -1,400 4,000 750 -2150 1,400 0 0 4,000 0 4,000 February Total Interest Possible Loss Balance-Payment 14,450 -12,700 1,750 13,550 -9,525 4,025 10,000 -9,525 475 38,000 -31,750 6,250 March Total Interest Possible Loss Balance-Payment 12,700 -9,700 3,000 9,525 -7,275 2,250 9,525 -7,275 2250 31,750 -24,250 7,500 April Total Interest Possible Loss Balance-Payment 9,700 -8,700 1,000 7,275 -6,525 750 7,275 -6,525 750 24,250 -21,750 2,500 Under Cash Priority AA BB CC AA BB CC 4. The partnership of Urich, Volks, and Wales liquidated. The partners have shared profits and losses in the ratio 3:4:3. Prior to liquidation, the capital balances were the following: Urich Volks Wales -60,000 120,000 -10,000 Cash and other assets totalled 200,00 with liabilities amounting to 150,000. Liquidation left the partnership with 120,000, not enough to pay liabilities. Each partner can contribute 20,000 (but not more) from personal assets. Determine how much cash Urich receives or pays-in as a result of the liquidation. Receives(collects) Pays-in a. 0 20,000 b. 0 84,000 c. 10,000 0 d. 24,000 60,000 Balance before Liquidation Loss on Liquidation (120,000200,000) Balances Additional Investment Balances Additional loss (64,000+14,000) Cash Reveived Urich Volks Wales -60,000 120,000 -10,000 Total 50,000 -24,000 -32,000 -24,000 -80,000 -84,000 88,000 -34,000 -30,000 20,000 0 20,000 40,000 -64,000 88,000 -14,000 10,000 64,000 -78,000 0 10,000 14,000 0 0 10,000 5. Gardo and Gordo formed a partnership on July 1, 2009 to operate two stores to be managed by each of them. They invested 30,000 and 20,000 and agreed to share earnings 60% and 40%, respectively. All their transactions were for cash, and all their subsequent transactions were handled through their respective bank accounts as summarized below: Gardo Gordo Cash Receipts 79,100 65,245 Cahs Disbursements 62,275 70,695 On October 31, 2009, all remaining noncash assets in the two-stores were sold for cash 60,000. The partnership was dissolved, and cash settlement was affected. In the distribution of the 60,000 cash, Gardo received: a. 24,000 b. 26,000 c. 34,000 d. 36,000 B Initial Investment Investment (personal disbursement) Withdrawals (personal withdrawals) Balance before liquidation Gain on Realization (60,000-38,625) Balance before payment to partners Payment to partners Gardo (40%) Gordo (40%) Total 30,000 20,000 50,000 62,275 70,695 132,970 -79,100 -65,245 -144,345 13,175 25,450 38,625 12,825 8,550 21,375 26,000 34,000 60,000 -26,000 -34,000 -60,000 ---Achievement comes from the person who dares--- Corporate Liquidation 1. What is the inherent limitation of the Statement of Financial Affairs? a. Many of the amounts reported are only estimations that might prove to be inaccurate. b. The statement is applicable only to bankruptcy. c. the statement covers only a short time whereas a bankruptcy may last much longer d. the figures on the statement vary as to a voluntary and an involuntary bankruptcy 2. Which of the following does not described the accounting statement of affairs? a. the emphasis is asset net realizable value, not historical cost b. the Statement of Affairs is concerned only with the assets of the debtor organization, not the claims c. the statement can also be used in a reorganization d. the Statement of Affairs is based on estimated values; Actual realized values maybe different 1. The following information was available on 3-31-2008 for Bankrupt Corporation which they cannot pay their liabilities when they are due: Carrying Amount Cash 16,000 Trade Accounts Receivable (net): Current fair value equal to carrying amount Inventories: NRV, 72,000; pledged on 84,000 of note payable 184,000 156,000 Plant assets: Current fair value, P269,600; pledged on mortgage note payable Accumulated Depreciation of plant assets Supplies: Current fair value, P6,000 Wages Payable, all earned during March Property Taxes Payable Trade Accounts Payable Notes Payable, 84,000 secured by inventories Mortgage payable, including accrued interest of P1,600 Common Stock 536,000 108,000 8,000 23,200 4,800 240,000 160,000 201,600 400,000 The estimated gains on realization of assets: a. 84,000 b. 158,400 c. 244,400 d. Some other Answer (Please Specify P___) 2. Refer to 1, the expected recovery percentage of unsecured creditors: a. 75% b. 78% c. 76% d. 77% 3. The estimated deficiency to unsecured creditors: a. 86,000 b. 82,000 c. 70,000 d. 54,000 1. A 2. A 3. B Estimated Gain on Realization: None/0 Assets Pledged to Fully Secured Creditors (269,000-201,600) 68,000 Free Assets Cash 16,000 Accounts Receivable 184,000 Supplies 6,000 206,000 Total Free Assets 274,00 Less: Unsecured Creditors with priority Wages 23,200 Taxes 4,800 28,000 Net Free Assets 246,000 Less: Unsecured Creditors Partially Secured Creditors Inventories 12,000 Unsecured Creditors Trade Accounts Payable 240,000 Notes Payable (160,000-84,000) 4,800 328,000 Estimated Deficiency to Unsecured Creditos -82,000 4. The Liquid Company had a very unstable financial condition caused by a deficiency of liquid assets. On 2-4-2008. The following information was available: Cash Assets Not Realized: Accounts Receivable Merchandise Inventory Investmeny in common stock Land Building Machinery and Equipment Liabilities Not Liquidated: Note Payable Accounts Payable Salaries and Wages Taxes Payable Bank Loan Estate Deficit 112,000 80,000 160,000 26,400 100,000 60,000 48,000 244,000 288,000 40,000 8,000 180,000 -173,600 During the six-month period ending 7-31-2008, the trustee sold the Investment in Common Stock for 26,000, realized 84,000 for the accounts receivable, sold the merchandise for 152,000, and paid-off 26,000of the bank loan and all liabilities with priorities (salaries, and wages payable, taxes payable) as well as 7,440 for estate administration expenses. The estate deficit, ending (July 31, 2008) should be: a. 161,760 b. 178,000 c. 185,440 d. 189,440 5. Refer to 4, the net (gain) loss on realization and liquidation: a. 11,840 loss b. 11,840 gain c. 15,840 loss d. 4,400 loss 4. C 5. A Estate Deficit Beginning Assets Realized Investment Accounts Receivable Merchandise Inventory Liquidated: PSCreditors-Bank Loan Unsecured Creditors w/ Priority Salaries and Wages Taxes Administrative Expense Estate Deficit- Ending 173,600 Sales Price Fair Value (Gain) Loss 26,000 26,400 400 84,000 80,000 -4,000 152,000 160,000 8,000 4,400 26,000 40,000 8,000 Statement of Realization and Liquidation Assets to be realized Assets Realized AR 80,000 Investment in C/S MI 160,000 AR Investment in C/s 26,400 MI Land 100,000 Building 60,000 Assets Not Realized Machinery and Equip. 48,000 Land Assets Acquired 0 Building Machinery & Equip. Liabilities Liquidated Liabilities to be liquidated Bank Loan 26,000 Notes Payable Salaries and Wages 40,000 Accounts Payable Taxes 8,000 Salaries and Wages Taxes Payable Bank Loans Liabilities not liquidated Liabilities Incurred/Assumed Notes Payable 244,000 Accounts Payable 288,000 Bank Loan (180-26) 154,000 Supplementary Debit(s) Supplementary Credits Administrative Expense 7,440 Totals ### Net Loss 11,840 7,440 185,440 26,000 84,000 152,000 100,000 60,000 48,000 244,000 288,000 40,000 8,000 180,000 ________ ### ---Life can only be understood backwards, but it must be lived forwards--- Chapter 1 – Partnership Formation Theories 1. Cat and Dog formed a partnership, each contributing assets to the business. Cat contributed inventory with a current market value in excess of its carrying amount. Dog contributed real estate with a carrying amount in excess of its current market value. At what amount should the partnership record each of the following assets? a. b. c. d. Inventory Market value Market value Carrying amount Carrying amount Real estate Market value Carrying amount Market value Carrying amount 2. Recording of Cash Investment a. Face Value b. Agreed value c. memorandum entry d. none of these c. memorandum entry d. none of these c. memorandum entry d. none of these 3. Recording of Property Investment a. Face Value b. Agreed value 4. Recording of the investment(industry) a. Face Value b. Agreed value Problems 1. On May 1, 2015, Cat and Meow formed a partnership and agreed to share profits and losses in the ratio of 3:7, respectively. Cat contributed a parcel of land that cost her P10,000. Meow contributed P40,000 cash. The land has a fair value of P15,000. Cat insisted that the value of the land should be P18,000. The partners agreed to value the land at P18,000. What amount should be recorded in Cat’s capital account on formation of the new partnership? a. P18,000 b. P17,400 c. P15,000 d. P10,000 2. On July 1, Manny and Floyd formed a partnership, agreeing to the profit and loss in the ratio of 4:6, respectively. Manny contributed a parcel of land that cost him P25,000. Floyd contributed P50,000 cash. The land was sold for P50,000 on July 1, for hours after formation of the partnership. How much should be recorded in Manny’s capital account on the partnership formation? a. P10,000 b. P20,000 c. P25,000 d. P50,000 3. Bill and Ken enter into a partnership agreement in which Bill is to have a 60% interest in capital and profits and Ken is to have a 40% interest in capital and profits. Bill contributes the ff: Cost Fair Value Land Building Equipment P10,000 P100,000 P20,000 P20,000 P60,000 P15,000 There is a P30,000 mortgage on the building that the partnership agrees to assume. Ken contributes P50,000 cash to the partnership. Bill and Ken agree that Ken’s capital account should equal Ken’s P50,000 cash contribution and that goodwill should be recorded. Goodwill should be recorded in the amount of: a. P10,000 b. P15,000 Solution: Cash contribution of Ken Divided by Ken capital interest Total agreed capital Less: Bill’s Contribution Ken’s agreed capital Less: Ken’s contribution Goodwill c. P16,667 d. P20,000 P50,000 ÷ 40% P125,000 65,000 P 60,000 50,000 P 10,000 For 4 and 5 Cat admits Dog as partner in business. Accounts in the ledger for Cat on November 30, 2015, just before the admission of Dog, show the following balances: Cash P6,800 Accounts Receivable P14,200 Merchandise Inventory P20,000 Accounts Payable P8,000 Cat, capital P33,000 It is agreed that or the purposes of establishing Cat’s interest the following adjustments shall be made: a. An allowance for doubtful accounts of 3% of accounts receivable is to be established b. The merchandise inventory is to be valued at P23,000 c. Prepaid salary expenses of P600 and accrued rent expense of P800 are to be recognized. 4. Dog is to invest sufficient cash to obtain a 1/3 interest in the partnership. Cat’s adjusted capital before the admission of Dog a. P28,174 b. P35,347 c. P35,374 d. P36,374 5. The amount of cash investment by Dog a. P11,971 b. P35,347 Solution: Cat, capital P33,000 Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts 426 Accrued rent expense 800 Total P 31,774 Add: Inventory 3,000 Prepaid rent 600 Cat’s adjusted capital P 35,374 c. P17,687 d. P18,790 Cat’s capital contribution Divided by Cat’s capital interest Total agreed capital Multiply by Dog’s capital interest Dog’s cash contribution P35,347 ÷ 2/3 P53,061 x 1/3 P17,687 Chapter 2 – Partnership Operations Theories 1. Which of the following is an expense of a partnership? a. Interest on partners’ capital account balances b. Interest on loans from partners to the partnership c. Both a and b d. Neither a and b 2. The allocation of an error should be based o the profit and loss ratio in effect when: a. The error was made b. The error was corrected c. The error was discovered d. The allocation should always be made equally 3. Partners Manny and Floyd share profits in a 2:1 ratio, respectively. Each partner receives an annual salary allowance of P60,000. If the salaries are recorded in the accounts as a partnership expense rather that treated as a division of net income, the total amount allocated to each partner for salaries and net income would be: a. Less for both Manny and Floyd b. Unchanged for both Manny and Floyd c. More for Manny and less for Floyd d. More for Floyd and less for Manny 4. A partners’ withdrawal of assets from a partnership that is considered a permanent reduction in that patners’ equity is debited to the partners’: a. Drawing accounts b. Retained earnings account c. Capital account d. Loan receivable account 5. The most common of allocating profit or loss a. Equally b. Arbitrary ratio c. Ratio of partner’s capital d. A or b Problems 1. Sison, Torres and Velasco are partners in an accounting firm. Their capital amount balances at yearend were: Sison, P50,000; Torres, P110,000; Velasco, P50,000. They share profits and losses on a 4:4:2 ratios, after the following terms. Partnership Velasco is to receive a bonus of 10% of net profit after bonus. Interest of 10% shall be paid on that portion of a partner’s capital in excess of P100,000 Salaries of P10,000 and P12,000 shall be paid to partners Sison and Velasco, respectively Assuming a net profits of P44,000 for the year, the total profit share of Sison was: a. P7,800 Solution: b. P16,800 c. P19,400 d. 19,800 Sison (4/10) Bonus Interest in excess of P100,000 Salaries Remainder Total Torres (4/10) Velasco (2/10) P 4,000 P 1,000 P 10,000 6,800 P 16,800 6,800 P 7,800 12,000 3,400 P 19,400 Total P 4,000 1,000 22,000 17,000 P 44,000 2. Using the information in # 22 and assuming a net profit of P22,000 for the year and that the partners agreed on the above order of profit sharing provision, the total profit share of Velasco was: a. P4,400 b. P13,400 c. P24,600 d. P12,364 Solution: Sison (4/10) Bonus Interest in excess of P100,000 Salaries Remainder Total Torres (4/10) Velasco (2/10) P 2,000 P 1,000 P 10,000 (1,200) P 8,800 (1,200) P 800 12,000 (600) P 13,400 Total P 2,000 1,000 22,000 (3,000) P 22,000 3. Ramos, Campos, and Ocampo are partners with average capital balances in 2012 of P240,000, P120,000 and P P80,000, respectively. Partners received 10% interest on their average capital balances. After deducting salaries of P60,000 to Ramos and P40,000 to Campos, the residual profit or loss is divided equally. In 2012, the partnership sustained a P66,000 loss before interest and salaries to partners. By what amount should Ocampo’s capital account change? a. b. c. d. P14,000 increase P62,000 decrease P70,000 decrease P84,000 decrease Solution: Interest on average capital Salaries Remainder Total Ramos P24,000 60,000 (70,000) P14,000 Campos P12,000 40,000 (70,000) (P18,000) Ocampo P8,000 (70,000) (P62,000) Total P44,000 100,000 (210,000) (P66,000) Items 4 and 5 In the first year of the operation, Alba and Company, a partnership, made a net income of P20,000, before providing for a salaries of P5,000 and P3,000 per annum for Alba and Bana, respectively, as stipulated in the partnership agreement. Capital contributions and profit-sharing are as follows: Capital Profit share Alba P30,000 40% Bana P20,000 30% Cada P10,000 30% P60,000 100% 4. How much profit share would Cada be entitled to? a. P6,000 b. P4,500 c. P3,600 Solution: Salaries Remainder Total Alba(40%) P5,000 P4,800 P9,800 Bana(30%) P3,000 P3,600 P6,600 d. None of the above Cada(30%) P3,600 P3,600 Total P8,000 P12,000 P20,000 5. Assuming no profit and loss ratio provided in the partnership agreement and that there has been no change in the capital contribution during the year, how much profit share would Alba be entitled to receive? a. P6,000 b. P4,500 c. P3,600 d. None of the above Solution: Salaries Remainder Total Alba(3/6) P5,000 P6,000 P11,000 Bana(2/6) P3,000 P4,000 P7,000 Cada(1/6) P2,000 P2,000 Total P8,000 P12,000 P20,000 Chapter 3 – Partnership Dissolution: Changes in Ownership Theories 1. The goodwill and bonus methods are two means of adjusting for differences between the net book value and the fair value of partnerships when new partners are admitted. Which of the following statement about these methods is correct? a. The bonus method does not revalue assets to market values. b. The bonus method revalues assets to market values. c. Both methods result in the same balances in partner capital accounts. d. Both methods result in the same total value of partner capital accounts, but the individual capital accounts vary. 2. In the Ell-Emm partnership, Ell and Emm had a capital ratio of 3:1 and a profit and loss ratio of 2:1, respectively. The bonus method was used to record Enn’s admittance as a new partner. What ratio would be used to allocate, to Ell and Emm, the excess of Enn’s contribution over the amount credited to Colter’s capital account? a. b. c. d. Ell and Emm’s new relative capital ratio. Ell and Emm’s new relative profit and loss ratio. Ell and Emm’s old capital ratio. Ell and Emm‘s old profit and loss ratio. 3. Assume that C has a P50,000 equity in the partnership of “A, B, and C.” Partner C arranges to sell his entire interest to D for P80,000 Cash. Partners A and B agree to the admission of D. At what amount will the equity of the incoming partner, D, be shown in the balance sheet? a. at P50,000. b. at P50,000 and the P30,000 will be divided equally among the original partners. c. at P80,000 d. at P80,000 and the P30,000 will represent Goodwill which will be apportioned between the existing equities of A and B. 4. When A retired from the partnership of A, B, and C, the final settlement of A’s interest exceeded A’s capital balance. Under the bonus method, the excess a. Was recorded as goodwill. b. Was recorded as an expense. c. Reduced the capital balances of B and C. d. Had no effect on the capital balances of B and C. 5. Which of the following conditions constitutes a legal dissolution of a partnership? a. Death of partner b. Retirement of a partner c. Admission of a partner d. All of the above Problems 1. Partners Alba, Basco and Castro share profits and losses 50:30:20, respectively. The statement of financial position at April 30, 2014 follows: Cash P 40,000 Accounts Payable P 100,000 Other assets 360,000 Alba, capital 74,000 Basco, capital 130,000 Castro, capital 96,000 Total P 400,000 Total P 400,000 The assets and liabilities are recorded and presented at their respective fair values Jocson is to be admitted as a new partner with a 20% capital interest and a 20% share of profits and losses in exchange for a cash contribution. No asset revaluation or bonus is to be recorded. How much cash should Jocson contribute? a. P60,000 b. P72,000 c. P75,000 d. P80,000 Solution: Contributed capital of old partners Divided by total new capital interest of old partners TAC Multiply by capital interest of new partner Cash Contribution of new partner P300,000 ÷ 80% 375,000 x 20% P75,000 2. The following is the condensed statement of financial position of the partnership Jo, Li and Bi who share profits and losses in the ratio of 4:3:3 Cash Other assets Jo, receivable P 180,000 1,660,000 40,000 Total P1,880,000 Accounts Payable Bi, Loan Jo, capital Li, capital Bi, capital Total P 420,000 60,000 620,000 400,000 380,000 P1,880,000 Assume that the assets and liabilities are fairly valued on the balance sheet and the partnership decides to admit Mac as a new partner, with 20% interest. No asset revaluation or bonus is to be recorded. How much Mac should contribute in cash or other assets? a. P 350,000 b. P 280,000 c. P 355,000 d. P 284,000 Solution: Contributed capital of old partners Divided by total new capital interest of old partners TAC Multiply by capital interest of new partner Contribution of new partner P1,400,000 ÷ 80% 1,750,000 x 20% P350,000 3. Carlos and Deo are partners who share profits and losses in the ratio of 7:3, respectively. On Octuber 5, 2011, their respective accounts were as follows: Carlos P35,000 Deo P30,000 On that date they agreed to admit Sotto as a partner with a one-third interest in the capital and profits and losses, and upon his investment of P25,000. The new partnership will begin with total capital of P90,000. Immedietly after Sotto’s admission, what are the capital balances of Carlos, Deo and Sotto, respectively? a. P30,000 P30,000 P30,000 b. P31,500 c. P31,667 d. P35,000 P28,500 P28,333 P30,000 P30,000 P30,000 P25,000 Solution: TAC TCC Difference P90,000 Sotto’s contributed capital P25,000 90,000 Sotto’s agreed capital 30,000 P 0 Bonus to new partner P 5,000 Carlos, capital [P35,000 – (5,000 x 7/10)] P31,500 Deo, capital [P30,000 – (5,000 x 3/10)] P28,500 4. Ell and Emm are partners sharing profits 60% and 40%, respectively. On January 1, Ell and Emm decided to admit Enn as a new partner upon his investment of P8,000. On this date, their interest in the partnership are as follows: Ell, P11,500; Emm, P9,300. Assuming that the new partner is given a 1/3 interest in the firm, with bonus being allowed the partner, the new capital balances of Ell, Emm and Enn, respectively would be: a. b. c. d. P11,500 P12,480 P11,520 P10,540 P9,300 P8,320 P7,680 P8,660 P8,000 P8,000 P9,600 P9,600 Solution: TAC=TCC Enn’s contributed capital Enn’s agreed capital (28,800 x 1/3) Bonus to new partner P8,000 9,600 P1,600 Ell,capital [11,500 – (1,600 x .6)] P10,540 Emm, capital [9,300 – (1,600 x .4)] P 8,660 5. Partners Chito and Ditas share profits in the ratio of 6:4 respectively. On December 31, 2011 their respective capital balances were Chito, P120,000 and Ditas, P100,000. On that date Meng was admitted as partner with a one-third interest in capital and profits for an investment of P80,000. The new partnership began in 2011 with total capital of P300,000. Immediately after Meng’s admission, Chito’s admission should be: a. P120,000 b. P108,000 c. P100,000 d. P160,000 Solution: TAC TCC P300,000 300,000 Chito, capital [120,000 – (20,000 x .6)] P108,000 Difference 0 Meng’s contributed capital Meng’s agreed capital Bonus to new partner P80,000 100,000 P 20,000 Chapter 4 – Lump-sum liquidation Theories 1. Offsetting a partner’s loan balance against his debit capital balance is referred to as the: a. Marshalling of assets b. Right of offset c. Allocation of assets d. Liquidation of assets 2. The first step in the liquidation process is to a. Convert noncash assets into cash b. Pay partnership creditors c. Compute any net income up to the date of dissolution d. Allocate any gains or losses to the partners 3. If a partnership is liquidated, how is the final allocation of business assets made to the partners? a. Equally b. According to the profit and loss ratio c. According to the final capital account balances d. According to the initial investment made by each of the partners 4. Which item is not shown on the schedule of partnership liquidation? a. Current cash balances b. Property owned by partnership c. Liabilities still to be paid d. Personal assets of the partners 5. In which order are partnership assets distributed to partners under the Partnership law? a. Capital balances, Loans, profit b. Loans, profits, Capital balances c. Loans, Capital balances, profits d. Profits, Capital balances, loans Problems For 1-3: The statement of financial position of BCD partnership, just before liquidation, is as follows: Cash Non-cash assets P 40,000 140,000 Total P180,000 Liabilities Bird, Capital(60%) Cat, capital (20%) Dog, capital (20%) P 70,000 50,000 50,000 10,000 P180,000 1. If noncash assets are sold for P150,000 and the liabilities are paid, the remaining cash should be distributed to the partners as follows: Bird Cat Dog a. P50,000 P50,000 P10,000 b. P44,000 P48,000 P 8,000 c. P72,000 P24,000 P24,000 d. P56,000 P52,000 P12,000 2. If noncash assets are sold for P100,000 and the liabilities are paid, the remaining cash should be distributed to the partners as follows: Bird Cat Dog a. P50,000 P50,000 P10,000 b. P26,000 P42,000 P 2,000 c. P20,000 P40,000 P 0 d. P42,000 P14,000 P14,000 3. If noncash assets are sold for P 70,000 and the liabilities are paid, the remaining cash should be distributed to the partners as follows: Bird Cat Dog a. P 8,000 P 8,000 P 0 b. P 5,000 P35,000 P 0 c. P 5,600 P35,200 P 0 d. P24,000 P 8,000 P 8,000 For 4-5 The statement of financial position of partnership of Tweet,Meow and Aw, just before liquidation whose shares of profits and losses are 40%,50% and 10%, is as follows: Cash Non-cash assets P 50,000 360,000 Total P410,000 Liabilities Tweet, Capital Meow, capital Aw, capital P 150,000 160,000 45,000 55,000 P410,000 4. If noncash assets are sold for P 300,000, How much should Tweet receive upon liquidation of the partnership? a. P 48,000 b. P 100,000 c. P 136,000 d. P 160,000 5. If noncash assets are sold for P 180,000, How much should Aw receive upon liquidation of the partnership? a. P 28,000 b. P 32,500 c. P 37,000 d. P 55,000 Chapter 5 – Installment Liquidation Theories 1. If all partners are included in the first installment of an installment liquidation, then in future installments a. cash will be distributed according to the residual profit and loss sharing ratio. b. cash should not be distributed until all non-cash assets are converted into cash. c. a safe payments schedule must be prepared before each cash distribution to avoid excessive payments to partners. d. a cash distribution plan must be prepared so that partners will know when they will be included in cash distributions. 2. In a schedule of assumed loss absorptions a. the partner with lowest loss absorption is eliminated last. b. it is necessary to have a cash distribution plan first. c. the least vulnerable partner is eliminated first. d. the most vulnerable partner is eliminated first. 3. The rank order is for claims against a bankrupt partner of: I. Those owing to partners by way of contribution II.Those owing to separate creditors III.Those owing to partnership creditors a. II first; I second and III third. b. III first; II second and I third. c. I first; III second and II third. d. II first; III second and I third. 4. In partnership liquidation, the final cash distribution to the partners should be made in accordance with the: a. Partner’s profit and loss sharing ratio b. Balances of the partners’ capital accounts c. Ratio of the capital contribution by the partners d. Ratio of capital contributions less withdrawals by the partners 5. A schedule prepared each time cash is to be distributed is called: a. Advance cash distribution schedule b. Marshaling of assets schedule c. Loss absorption potential schedule d. Safe payment schedule Problems 1. A balance sheet for the partnership KK, LL, MM, who share profits 2:1:1 respectively, show the following balances just before liquidation: Cash Other Asset Liabilities KK, Capital LL, Capital MM, Capital P48,000 P238,000 P80, 000 P88, 000 P62,000 P56,000 In the first month of liquidation, P128,000 was received on the sale of certain assets. Liquidation expenses of P4,000 were paid, and additional liquidation expenses of P3,200 are anticipated liquidation is completed. Creditors were paid P22,400. The available cash was distributed to the partners. The cash to be received by each partner based on the above data: KK a. P56,600 LL MM P28,300 P28,300 KK c. LL MM P29,400 P32,700 P26,700 b. P86,600 P61,000 P55,000 d. P88,000 P62,000 P56,000 Solution: Balances before payment to partners Less: Liquidation Expense Total Restricted interest for possible losses: Unrealized non-cash assets.............. P110,000 Anticipated liquidation expense....... 3,200 Payment to partners KK (2/4) P88,000 (2,000) 86,000 113,200 LL (1/4) P62,000 (1,000) 61,000 MM (1/4) P56,000 (1,000) 55,000 (56,600) (28,300) P29,400 P32,700 (28,300) P26,700 2. When Mikki and Mylene, partners who share earnings equally, were incapacitated in an airplane accident, a liquidator was appointed to wind up their business. The account showed cash, P35,00; Other assets, P110,000; Liabilities, P20,000; Mikki, capital, P71,000; Mylene, capital, P 54,000. Because of highly specialized nature of the non-cash assets, the liquidator anticipated that considerable item would be required to disposed them. The expenses of liquidating the business (advertising, rent, travel, etc.) are estimated at 10,000. How much cash can be distributed safely to each partner at this point? a. P5,000 to Mikki and P0 to Mylene b. P5,000 to Mikki and P500 to Mylene c. P3,000 to Mikki and P0 to Mylene d. P5,000 to Mikki and P1,000 to Mylene Solution: Balance before payment to partners Less: Liquidation expense Total Restricted interest for possible losses: Unrealized non-cash assets.............. P110,000 Restricted for possible insolvency of Mylene Payment to Partner Mikki P71,000 (P5,000) 66,000 Mylene P54,000 (P5,000) 49,000 (55,000) 11,000 (6,000) P5,000 (55,000) (6,000) 6,000 3. The year-end balance sheet and residual profit and loss sharing percentages for the Lang, Maas, and Neal partnership on December 31, 2005, are as follows: Cash Loan to Lang Other assets Total assets P P 30,000 40,000 480,000 Accounts payable Loan from Maas Lang, capital (25%) Maas, capital (25%) Neal, capital (50%) Total liab. and equity 550,000 P 200,000 50,000 70,000 80,000 150,000 550,000 P The partners agree to liquidate the business and distribute cash when it becomes available. A cash distribution plan for the Lang, Maas, and Neal partnership will show that cash available, after outside creditors are paid, will initially go to: a. Lang in the amount of P20,000. b. Maas in the amount of P45,000. c. Maas in the amount of P55,000. d. Neal in the amount of P90,000. Solution: Vulnerability ranks: Lang equity (P70,000 - P40,000)/.25 = P120,000 = 1 Maas equity (P80,000 + P50,0000/.25 = P520,000 = 3 Neal equity (P150,000/.5) = P300,000 = 2 Assumed loss absorption: Equities Loss to eliminate Lang Subtotals Loss to eliminate Neal Subtotals 25% Lang 30,000 p ( 25% Maas 130,000 P 30,000 ) ( 0 P 30,000 ) 100,000 ( P ( P 45,000 ) 55,000 ( P P 50% Neal 150,000 P Total 310,000 60,000 ) 90,000 ( P 120,000 ) 190,000 90,000 ) 0 ( P 135,000 ) 55,000 4. Jade, Kahl, and Lane are in the process of liquidating their partnership. Lane has agreed to accept the inventory, which has a fair value of P60,000, as part of her settlement. A balance sheet and the residual profit and loss sharing percentages are as follows: Cash P 198,000 Accounts payable P 149,000 Inventory 80,000 Jade, capital (40%) 79,000 Plant assets 230,000 Kahl, capital (40%) 140,000 Lane, capital (20%) 140,000 Total assets P 508,000 Total liab./equity If the partners then distribute the available cash, Lane will receive: a. P23,000. b. P29,000 c. P30,000. d. P34,000. Solution: 40% Jade Equities P 79,000 Distribute inventory to Lane and: recognize P20,000 loss ( 8,000 ) Possible losses on plant ( 92,000 ) Subtotal P( 21,000 ) Eliminate Jade’s debit balance to Kahl & Lane 21,000 Balance P 0 P P 40% Kahl 140,000 508,000 ( ( P 8,000 ) 92,000 ) 40,000 P ( ( ( P ( P 14,000 ) 26,000 ( P 20% Lane 140,000 60,000 ) 4,000 ) 46,000 ) 30,000 7,000 ) 23,000 5. Hara, Ives, and Jack are in the process of liquidating their partnership. Since it may take several months to convert the other assets into cash, the partners agree to distribute all available cash immediately, except for P10,000 that is set aside for contingent expenses. The balance sheet and residual profit and loss sharing percentages are as follows: Cash Other assets P 400,000 200,000 Accounts payable Hara, capital (40%) Ives, capital (30%) Jack, capital (30%) P 200,000 135,000 216,000 49,000 Total assets P 600,000 Total liab./equity P 600,000 How much cash should Ives receive in the first distribution? a. P146,000. b. P147,000. c. P153,000. d. P156,000 Solution: Losses 40% Hara Equities P 135,000 Possible loss on remaining assets P 200,000 ( 80,000 ) P ( 30% Ives 216,000 60,000 ) P ( 30% Jack 49,000 60,000 ) Contingencies Subtotals 10,000 ( P 4,000 ) 51,000 ( P 3,000 ) 153,000 Eliminate Jack’s debit balance ( 8,000 ) ( 6,000 ) Safe payments P 43,000 P 147,000 ( P( 3,000 ) 14,000 ) 14,000 P Chapter 6 – Corporate liquidation Theories 1. In a Statement of Affairs, assets pledged for partially secured creditors are: a. Included with assets pledged for fully-secured creditors b. Offset against partially-secured liabilities c. Included with free assets] d. Disregarded 2. The preferred sequence of listing (1) fully secured liabilities,(2) partially secured liabilities,(3) unsecured liabilities with priority and(4) unsecured liabilities without priority in the liabilities and stockholders’ equity section of a statement of affair is: a. 1,2,3,and 4 c. 1,3,2 and 4 b. 3,1,2 and 4 d. 1,3,4 and 2 3. The estimated amount available for Free assets in Statement of Affairs for a business enterprise undergoing bankruptcy liquidation is equal to the assets: a. Carrying amounts less current fair values b. Carrying amounts plus gain or less loss on realization c. Carrying amounts plus loss or less gain on realization d. Current fair values less carryiong amounts 0 4. In corporate liquidation, creditors having priority are what type of creditors? Secured Creditors Unsecured Creditors a. Yes Yes b. Yes No c. No Yes d. No No 5. Which of the following statement is true? a. Certain debts are not dischargeable b. The goal of liquidation is to give the company a new start c. All secured claims are paid in full d. All of these are true Problems For items 1-4 The following data were taken from the statement of affairs of RG corp.: Assets pledged for fully secured liabilities(current fair value,P75,000) Assets pledged for partially secured liabilities(current fair value,P52,000) Free assets (current fair value, P40,000) Unsecured liabilities with priority Fully secured liabilities Partially secured liabilities Unsecured liabilities without priority P 90,000 74,000 70,000 7,000 30,000 60,000 112,000 1. The amount that will be paid to creditors with priority is: a. P7,000 b. P6,000 c. P7,500 d. P6,200 2. The amount to be paid to fully secured creditors is: a. P30,000 b. P32,000 c. P20,000 d. P35,000 3. The amount to be paid to unsecured creditors is: a. P78,200 b. P70,800 c. P72,000 d. P72,800 4. The amount to be paid to partially secured creditors is: a. P52,700 b. P57,200 c. P56,200 d. P57,000 5. The statement affair for Vzell Corp. shows that approximately P0.78 on the peso probably will be paid to unsecured creditors without priority. The corp. owe Boy Co. P23,000 on Promissory note, plus accrued interest of P940. Inventories with current fair value of P19,200 collateral the Note payable. Compute the amount that the Boy should receive from Vzell assuming that the actual payments to unsecured creditors without priority consist of 78% of total claims. Round all amounts the nearest peso: a. P19,200 b. P22,897 c. P33,987 d. 52,200 Partnership Operations Red and White formed a partnership in 2014. The partnership agreement provides for annual salary allowances of 55,000 for Red and 45,000 for White. The partners share profits equally and losses in a 60/40 ratio. The partnership had earnings of 80,000 for 2014 before any allowance to partners. 1. What amount of these earnings should be credited to each partner’s capital account? Red A. 40,000 B. 43,000 C. 44,000 D. 45,000 Answer: ( B ) White 40,000 37,000 36,000 35,000 Philogyny and Love formed a partnership on January 2, 2014. Philogyny and Love contributed capital of 350,000 and 50,000 respectively. They agreed to share profits and losses 80% and 20%, respectively. Love is given a monthly salary of 5,000 and a 15% bonus based on income before salaries, interest and bonus. Both partners are given an interest of 5% of the beginning capital. The income statement for the year ended prepared by the company’s bookkeeper is shown below: Net Sales Cost of Sales Gross Profit Expenses (including salary, interest, and bonus) Net Income 1. What is the amount of Bonus to Love in 2014? A. 25,412 B. 0 C. 2,087 D. 18,782.61 1,750,000 (1,400,000) 350,000 (286,000) 64,000 Answer: ( A ) Aubrey and Lauren are partners operating a small chain of convenience stores. Their business has grown substantially over the last six years and they amended their partnership agreement to provide the following distribution of profits and losses: Salaries Commission on Gross Sales Interest on average capital balances Aubrey 49,000 None 7% Lauren None 4% 9% Bonus to Aubrey is 10% of net income after salary, commissions, interest and bonus. Remainder 40% 60% Gross Sales for 2014 was 3,000,000. Income after deducting salaries, commissions, and interest was 132,000. Average capital balances were 720,000 and 540,000 for Aubrey and Lauren. 1. How much profit share will Aubrey receive? A. 158,920 B. 159,400 C. 152,800 D. 152,500 Answer: ( B ) A, B and C are engaged in a merchandising business. Their capital accounts in the ABC Partnership in 2015 are as follows: A B C January 1 100,000 150,000 120,000 April 1, withdrawal 5,000 May 1, investment 10,000 15,000 August 1, investment 15,000 December 1, withdrawal 6,500 30,000 The partners agreed on the following terms: 8% interest on their average capital balances. Quarterly salaries of 75,000; 55,000; 68,000 for them respectively. Bonus is given to B, 5% of income before tax after his interest, his salary, and bonus. For the year ended, the partnership has a credit balance in the income summary account of 550,000. The relevant tax rate during the year is 20%. The remainder will be divided in the ratio 2:3:4. 1. How much is the share of partner B in the net income? A. 158,251 B. 155,971 C. 151,286 D. 153,532 Answer: ( B ) 2. How much is the capital balance of Partner A at December 31, 2015? A. 352,743 B. 353,824 C. 350,732 D. 351,867 Answer: ( A ) Distribution of Income 1. If the partnership agreement does not specify how income is to be allocated, profits should be allocated a. Equally. b. In proportion to the weighted-average of capital invested during the period. c. Equitably so that partners are compensated for the time and effort expended on behalf of the partnership d. In accordance with an established ratio. 2. Which of the following is not a characteristic of the proprietary theory that infkuences accountung for partnerships? a. partners' salaries are viewed as a distributionof income rather than a componenr of net income. b. a partnership is not viewed as a separate, distinct, taxable entity. c. a partnership is characterized by limited liability d. changes in the ownership structure of a partnership result in the dissolution of the partnership. answer: C 3. which of the following woukd be least likely would be leasr likely to be used as means of allocating profits among partners who are active in rye management of the partnersip? a. salaries b. bonus as a percentage of net income before the bonus c. bonus as a percentage of sales in excess of a targeted amount d. interesr on ave. capital balances answer: D 4. which of the following best describes the use of interest on invested capital as a means of allocating profits? a. if interest on invested capital is used, if must be used for all partners b. interesr is allocated only if there is partnership net profit c. invested capital balances are never affected by drawings of the partnerships d. use of beginning or ending measures of invested capital may be subject to manipulation that distorts the measure of invested capital. answer: D 5. a partneship agreement calls for allocation of profits and losses by salary allocations, a bonus allocation, interest on capital, with any remainder to be allocated by presenr ratios. if a partnershop has a loss to allocate, generally which of the ff. procedures would be applied? a. any loss would be allocated equally to all partners b. any salary allocation criteria would not be used c the bonus criteria would not be used d. the loss would be allocated using the profit and loss ratios only answer: C Partnership Lump-sum Dissolution After all noncash assets have been converted into cash in the liquidation of the AA and JJ partnership, the ledge contains the following account balances: Cash Accounts payable Loan payable to AA AA, capital JJ, capital Debit 34,000 Credit 25,000 9,000 8,000 8,000 1. Available cash should be distributed: 25,000 to accounts payable and: A. 9,000 loan payable to AA B. 4,500 each to AA and JJ C. 1,000 to AA and 8,000 to JJ D. 8,000 to AA and 1,000 to JJ Answer: ( C ) Partners A, B and C are partners of ABC Partnership and decided to liquidate the business. Below is their condense statement of financial position dated December 31, 2012. ASSETS Cash Non-cash 15,000 110,000 Total assets 125,000 LIABILITIES AND EQUITY Liabilities A, capital (35%) B, capital (45%) C, capital (20%) 75,000 5,000 15,000 30,000 Total liabilities&equity 125,000 The personal assets and liabilities of the partners on this date apart from their equities in the partnership are as follows: Partners A B C Personal Assets 100,000 50,000 5,000 Personal Liabilities 25,000 50,000 60,000 Assume that the non-cash assets are sold for 40,000 and liquidation expenses of 13,500 are incurred and paid. 1. How much is the total cash paid to partners? A. 14,366 B. 22,575 C. 5,091 D. 8,209 Answer: (C ) Due to financial difficulty partners G, H na I decided to liquidate. The following balances are before liquidation: Capital balances of G, H and I are 10,000; 25,000; and 20,000 respectively. Loan from G is 25,000; Cash 25,000; Profit and loss ratio 30:35:35 respectively. Partner H received 10,650 upon liquidation and the share of the liquidation expenses of partner G is 1,800. Meanwhile, the cash available after realizing the non-cash asset and paying the liquidation expenses is 69,000. 1. How much is the book value of the non-cash asset sold? A. 85,000 B. 80,000 C. 86,000 D. 85,500 Answer: ( A ) 2. How much is paid to the outside creditors? A. 35,000 B. 45,000 C. 30,000 D. 40,000 Answer: ( C ) The accounts of the partnership of Larry, Ralph, and Bert at the end of its fiscal year on September 30,2014 are as follows: Cash Other assets Loan to Ralph Liabilities 36,000 225,000 9,000 90,000 Loan from Bert Larry, capital (30%) Ralph, capital (50%) Bert, capital (20%) 18,000 81,000 54,000 27,000 Bert received 16,200 on the first distribution of cash. 1. What was the cash realized from the initial sale of assets? A. 18,000 B. 180,000 C. 108,000 D. 120,000 Answer: ( C ) Theories 1. Prior to partnership liquidation, a schedule of possible losses is frequently prepared to determine the amount of cash that may be safely distributed to the partners. The schedule of possible losses a. Consists of each partner’s capital account plus loan balance, divided by that partner’s profit-and-loss sharing ratio. b. Shows the successive losses necessary to eliminate the capital accounts of partners (assuming no contribution of personal assets by partners). c. Indicates the distribution of successive amounts of available cash to each partner. d. Assumes contribution of personal assets by partners unless there is a substantial presumption of personal insolvency by the partners. 2. The final cash distribution to the partners in a partnership in liquidation should be made in accordance with a. Balances of the partners’ capital accounts. b. Partners’ profit and loss sharing ratio. c. Ratio of capital contributions made by the partners. d. Ratio of capital contributions less withdrawals made by the partners. 3. In a partnership liquidation, the final cash distribution to the partners should be made in accordance with the a. Partners’ profit and loss sharing ratio. b. Balances of the partners’ capital accounts. c. Ratio of capital contributions made by the partners. d. Ratio of capital contributions less withdrawals made by the partners. 4. The following is the priority sequence in which liquidatoon proceeds will be distributed to the partnership a. patnership: drawings, liabilities, loans, capital balances b. partneship: liabilities, loans, capital balances c. partnership: liabilities, loans, drwaings, capital balances d. partnership: liabilities, capital balances, koans. answer: B 5. The Doctrine of marshalling assets a. is applicable only if the partnership is insolvent b. allows the partners to first contribute personal assets to unsatisfied partnership creditors c. is applicable if either the partnership is insolvent or individual partners are insolvent. d. provides that when the uniform partnership act is adopted, amounts owed to personal creditors and to the partnership for debit capital balances are shared proportionately from the personal assets of the partners. answer: C Partnership Installment Liquidation The balance sheet of the partnership of Hypnopompic, Wakefulness and Semiconscious are shown below: HWS Partnership Balance Sheet December 31, 2013 Cash 50,000 Liabilities 80,000 Non-cash Assets 250,000 Hypnopompic, capital (50%) 100,000 Wakefulness, capital (25%) 75,000 Semiconscious, capital (25%) 45,000 TOTAL 300,000 TOTAL 300,000 On January 2014, certain non-cash assets were sold for a certain amount. Liquidation expenses and liabilities of 4,000 and 25,000 were paid. Future liquidation expenses of 5,000 are anticipated. Wakefulness received 42,750 from the first distribution of available cash. 1. How much is the cash received from realization? A. 120,000 B. 140,000 C. 130,000 D. 75,000 Answer: ( C ) 2. Assuming that on February 2014, the remaining non-cash assets were sold for 75,000 and liquidation expenses of 5,000 are paid, how much is the total cash received by Hypnopompic from the two distributions of cash? A. 37,500 B. 73,000 C. 75,000 D. 74,000 Answer: ( B ) Capital balances of partners Q, R, S are the following before liquidation: 87,000; 95,500; 106,250 respectively. The partnership has a loan from partner Q in the amount of 8,000; loan to partner R in the amount of 4,500; advances to partner S in the amount of 6,500. The partner’s profit and loss ratio is 25:40:35 respectively. 1. If in the first installment, the total cash paid to partners is 57,000, how much did partner S receive? A. 0 B. 19,396 C. 13,854 D. 20,125 Answer: ( B ) 2. If partner Q received 20,000 in the first installment and partners received 12,396 in the second installment, how much is received by partner Q as of the second installment? A. 12,604 B. 8,854 C. 23,750 D. 32,604 Answer: ( D ) 3. How much is the total cash paid to partners in the second installment? A. 25,000 B. 30,000 C. 35,000 D. 40,000 Answer: ( A ) 1. The Doctrine of marshalling assets a. is applicable only if the partnership is insolvent b. allows the partners to first contribute personal assets to unsatisfied partnership creditors c. is applicable if either the partnership is insolvent or individual partners are insolvent. d. provides that when the uniform partnership act is adopted, amounts owed to personal creditors and to the partnership for debit capital balances are shared proportionately from the personal assets of the partners. answer: C 2. The final cash distribution to the partners in a partnership in liquidation should be made in accordance with a. Balances of the partners’ capital accounts. b. Partners’ profit and loss sharing ratio. c. Ratio of capital contributions made by the partners. d. Ratio of capital contributions less withdrawals made by the partners. 3. In a partnership liquidation, the final cash distribution to the partners should be made in accordance with the a. Partners’ profit and loss sharing ratio. b. Balances of the partners’ capital accounts. c. Ratio of capital contributions made by the partners. d. Ratio of capital contributions less withdrawals made by the partners. 4. under the Doctrine of Marshalling of assets, unsatisfied partnership creditors a. must first proceed against the partner with the largest capital balance b. may attach to the assets of an individual partner before individual creditors have been satisfied c. may proceed against any personally solvent partner d. may proceed against any personally solvent partner but only to the extent of their capital balance in the partnership. answer: C 5 Prior to partnership liquidation, a schedule of possible losses is frequently prepared to determine the amount of cash that may be safely distributed to the partners. The schedule of possible losses a. Consists of each partner’s capital account plus loan balance, divided by that partner’s profit-and-loss sharing ratio. b. Shows the successive losses necessary to eliminate the capital accounts of partners (assuming no contribution of personal assets by partners). c. Indicates the distribution of successive amounts of available cash to each partner. d. Assumes contribution of personal assets by partners unless there is a substantial presumption of personal insolvency by the partners. Corporate Liquidation On December 31,2014, the Statement of Affairs of Tarry Company, which is in bankruptcy liquidation, included the following: Assets pledged for fully secured liabilities Assets pledged for partially secured liabilities Free assets Fully secured liabilities 100,000 40,000 120,000 80,000 Partially secured liabilities Unsecured liabilities with priority Unsecured liabilities without priority 50,000 60,000 90,000 1. How much is the estimated amount to be paid to partially secured liabilities? A. 50,000 B. 48,000 C. 47,500 D. 45,000 Answer: ( B ) 2. How much is the estimated amount to be paid to all creditors? A. 80,000 B. 140,000 C. 250,000 D. 260,000 Answer: ( D ) Rocket Bunny Corp. is experiencing financial difficulty and is in the process of liquidation. In its statement of financial position, the mmortgage payable of 110,000 is secured by the land with carrying amount of 100,000 and fair market value of 105,000. Accrued expenses total 15,000 of which 10,000 represents salaries of employees and the remainder is secured by the inventory with carrying amount of 20,000 and fair market value of 10,000. Total liabilities reflected in the statement of financial position amount to 132,000. Estimated payment to partial creditors is 108,250. The amount of total assets is 135,000. 1. How much is the estimated recovery percentage? A. 60% B. 65% C. 70% D. 75% Answer: ( B ) 2. How much is the estimated deficiency? A. 4,200 B. 3,600 C. 3,000 D. 4,800 Answer: ( A ) 3. How much is the payment to unsecured creditors without priority? A. 4,900 B. 5,250 C. 4,200 D. 4,550 Answer: ( D ) Thories 1. How is a straight bankruptcy proceeding commenced? a. by discharging all debt. b. by selling the property of the estate. c. by filing an order for relief. d. by filing a petition in bankruptcy. answer: c 2. If Deroy’s creditors force him into bankruptcy proceedings, what is this called? a. an armed proceeding. b. involuntary bankruptcy. c. concealed bankruptcy. 4. an automatic bankruptcy. answer: B 3 When a corporation reorganizes, which of the following things must the reorganization plan NOT do? a. designate a class of claims and interest. b. favor a group within a class of secured creditors. c. provide adequate means for execution. d. be fair and equitable. answer: B 4 which of the following might be a reason for denying the discharge of the debtor, as opposed to the debt, in a bankruptcy proceeding? a. the debtor acted in good faith. b. the debtor refused to sign a reaffirmation agreement. c. thedebtor fraudulently concealed or destroyed financial records. d. the debtor relinquished all property. answet: C 5. Normally, in order to receive a portion of a debtor’s estate, what must each creditor file? a. petition in bankruptcy. b. proof of claim. c. notice of exemption. d. bill of attainder. answer: B Partnership Formation On January 1, 2015, Ernie and Bert both sole proprietors decided to form a partnership to expand both of their businesses. According to their agreement, they will split profits and losses 75:25 and their initial capital will also reflect that ratio. The following are Ernie and Bert’s Statement of Financial Position: ASSETS Ernie Proprietor Statement of Financial Position December 31, 2014 LIABILITIES AND EQUITY Cash Accounts Receivable Inventories Equipment Accumulated depreciation- Equipment TOTAL ASSETS ASSETS Cash Accounts receivable 50,000 100,000 75,000 250,000 (185,000) 290,000 Accounts payable Accrued expenses Notes payable Ernie, capital 65,000 55,000 80,000 90,000 TOTAL LIABILITIES&EQUITY 290,000 Bert Proprietor Statement of Financial Position December 31, 2014 LIABILITIES AND EQUITY 30,000 Accounts Payable 110,000 Accrued expenses 75,000 90,000 Inventories Equipment Accumulated Depreciation- Equipment TOTAL ASSETS 85,000 300,000 (100,000) 425,000 Notes Payable Bert, Capital TOTAL LIABILITIES&EQUITY 100,000 160,000 425,000 The values reflected in the Statement of Financial Position are already at fair values except fo the following accounts: Ernie’s Accounts Receivable is now 20,000 less than what is stated in his Statement of Financial Position. Both inventories of Ernie and Bert are now 90,000 and 70,000 respectively. Equipment for Bert has an assessed value of 275,000, appraised value of 250,000 and book value of 200,000. Additional accrued expenses are to be established in the amount of 10,000 for Bert only while additional accounts payable in the amount of 5,000 for Ernie. It is also agreed that all liabilities will be assumed by the partnership, except for the notes payable of Bert which will be personally paid by him. 1. How much is the adjusted capital balance of Bert upon formation? A. 91,250 B. 185,000 C. 285,000 D. 310,000 Answer: ( C ) 2. How much is the capital credit to Ernie upon formation? A. 80,000 B. 273,750 C. 292,000 D. 255,500 Answer: ( B ) 3. How much should Ernie invest as additional cash to be in conformity with their initial capital agreement? A. 193,750 B. 212,000 C. 175,500 D. 205,000 Answer: ( A ) Bonnie and Clyde enters into a partnership agreement in which Bonnie is to have 55% interest in the partnership and 35% in the profits and losses, while Clyde will have 45% interest in the partnership and 65% in the profits and losses. Bonnie contributed the following: Building Equipment Land Cost 235,000 168,000 500,000 Fair value 255,000 156,000 525,000 The building and the equipment has a mortgage of 50,000 and 35,000 respectively. Clyde is to contribute 150,000 cash and equipment. The partners agreed that only the building mortgage will be assumed by the partnership. 1. How much is the fair market value of the equipment which Clyde contributed? A. 615,818 B. 989,143 C. 546,273 D. 574,909 Answer: ( D ) 2. How much is the total asset of the partnership upon formation? A. 1,892,143 B. 1,701,818 C. 1,660,909 D. 1,632,273 Answer: ( C ) Theories (letter of answer is underlined) 1 The partnership agreement is an express contract among the partners (the owners of the business). Such an agreement generally does not include a. A limitation on a partner’s liability to creditors. b. The rights and duties of the partners. c. The allocation of income between the partners. d. The rights and duties of the partners in the event of partnership dissolution. 2. A partnership records a partner’s investment of assets in the business at a. The market value of the assets invested. b. A special value set by the partners. c. The partner’s book value of the assets invested. d. Any of the above, depending upon the partnership agreement. ?3. When property other than cash is invested in a partnership, at what amount should the noncash property be credited to the contributing partner’s capital account? a. Fair value at the date of recognition. b. Contributing partner’s original cost. c. Assessed valuation for property tax purposes. d. Contributing partner’s tax basis. ?4. When property other than cash is invested in a partnership, at what amount should the noncash property be credited to the contributing partner’s capital account? a. Fair value at the date of contribution. b. Contributing partner’s original cost. c. Assessed valuation for property tax purposes. d. Contributing partner’s tax basis. 5. Four individuals who were previously sole proprietors form a partnership. Each partner contributes inventory and equipment for use by the partnership. What basis should the partnership use to record the contributed assets? a. Inventory at the lower of FIFO cost or market. b. Inventory at the lower of weighted-average cost or market. c. Equipment at each proprietor’s carrying amount. d. Equipment at fair value. Partnership Dissolution: Changes in Ownership CC and DD are partners who share profits and losses in the ratio of 7:3, respectively. On October 21, 2014, their respective capital accounts were as follows: CC DD 35,000 30,000 65,000 1. On that date they agreed to admit EE as a partner with a one-third interest in the capital and profits and losses, and upon his investment of 25,000. The new partnership will begin with a total capital of 90,000. Immediately after EE’s admission, what are the capital balances of CC, DD and EE, respectively? A. 30,000; 30,000; 30,000 B. 31,500; 28,500; 30,000 C. 31,667; 28,333; 30,000 D. 35,000; 30,000; 25,000 Answer: ( B ) Partner’s P and Q has capital balances of 358,500 and 300,000 respectively before admitting R, P and Q share profits and losses in the ratio 6:4. R paid 225,000 in exchange for 30% interest in the partnership as well as the profits and losses. 1. How much is the capital of Partner P after admission of R? A. 250,950 B. 250,590 C. 279, 480 D. 269,580 Answer: ( A ) 2. How much is debited from the capital of partner Q upon R’s admission? A. 120,000 B. 90,000 C. 79,020 D. 105,360 Answer: ( B ) Halina, Barbara, and Maricar are partners sharing profits and losses in the ratio of 2:2:1. On January 2, 2014, their capital balances are as follows: Halina Barbara Maricar 87,500 62,500 50,000 The partners agree to admit Lolita on the following agreement: > Lolita is to pay Halina and Maricar a total 70,000 for ¼ of each of their interest. > Lolita is also to invest 60,000 in the partnership. > The total capital of the partnership is to be 300,000, of which Lolita’s interest is to be 30%. 1. What is the capital balance of Maricar after the admission of Lolita? A. 46,375 B. 45,500 C. 58,000 D. 80,250 Answer: ( A ) Jack Sanchez, a partner in a law firm, decided to withdraw from the partnership. Sanchez’s share in the partnership profits and losses was 20%. Upon withdrawal from the partnership he was paid cash in final settlement for his interest. The total of the partners’ capital accounts before the recognition of the revaluation prior to Sanchez’s withdrawal was 315,000. After his withdrawal, the remaining partners’ capital accounts, excluding their share of revaluation, totaled 240,000, but including their share of revaluation, totaled 384,000. 1. What is the total amount of cash paid to Jack Sanchez? A. 111,000 B. 96,000 C. 99,000 D. 87,000 Answer: ( A ) Theories Goodwill Method Admission of New Partners ?1. The goodwill and bonus methods are two means of adjusting for differences between the net book value and the fair value of partnerships when new partners are admitted. Which of the following statement about these methods is correct? a. The bonus method does not revalue assets to market values. b. The bonus method revalues assets to market values. c. Both methods result in the same balances in partner capital accounts. d. Both methods result in the same total value of partner capital accounts, but the individual capital accounts vary. Purchase Method 2. Assume that C has a P50,000 equity in the partnership of “A, B, and C.” Partner C arranges to sell his entire interest to D for P80,000 Cash. Partners A and B agree to the admission of D. At what amount will the equity of the incoming partner, D, be shown in the balance sheet? a. at P50,000. b. at P50,000 and the P30,000 will be divided equally among the original partners. c. at P80,000 d. at P80,000 and the P30,000 will represent Goodwill which will be apportioned between the existing equities of A and B. Bonus Method ?3. In the Adel-Brick partnership, Adel and Brick had a capital ratio of 3:1 and a profit and loss ratio of 2:1, respectively. The bonus method was used to record Colter’s admittance as a new partner. What ratio would be used to allocate, to Adel and Brick, the excess of Colter’s contribution over the amount credited to Colter’s capital account? a. Adel and Brick’s new relative capital ratio. b. Adel and Brick’s new relative profit and loss ratio. c. Adel and Brick’s old capital ratio. d. Adel and Brick’s old profit and loss ratio. 4. When Mill retired from the partnership of Mill, Yale, and Lear, the final settlement of Mill’s interest exceeded Mill’s capital balance. Under the bonus method, the excess a. Was recorded as goodwill. b. Was recorded as an expense. c. Reduced the capital balances of Yale and Lear. d. Had no effect on the capital balances of Yale and Lear.